Book 1 Terms and Conditions for Construction

CDWM 1 ADDENDUM NO. 3 DWM PROJECT NO. 13-102 SPECIFICATION NO. 146286

Addendum No. 3

Central Park Pumping Station Electrification Project DWM PROJECT NO. 13-102 SPECIFICATION NO. 146286

For which bids will be opened in the office of the Department of Procurement Services, Room 103, City Hall Chicago, Illinois 60602, on Thursday, July 14, 2016 August 4, 2016 at 11:00 a.m. Chicago time. BIDDER WILL ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM IN THE SPACE PROVIDED ON

THE PROPOSAL PAGE

NOTICE OF Addendum

Book 1 – Terms and Conditions for Construction 1. None.

Book 2 – Instructions and Execution Documents 1. None.

Book 3 – Technical Specifications 1. Section 01 12 16, 1.10.E.2.c - Replace text “Disconnect and remove existing steam turbine

for Pump 1 which must include, but is not limited to, the following” with “Disconnect and remove existing steam turbine for Pump No. 3 which must include, but is not limited to, the following”.

2. Section 01 29 50, 1.24.A - Delete “1.6” and replace with“1.7”.

3. Section 05 51 00, 2.6.F.5 - Delete “Type 1 welds” and replace with “Type 2 welds”.

4. Section 08 71 00 - See attached revised Section 08 71 00.

5. Section 09 96 00, 2.2.C - At Paint Schedule / Class of Work / Concrete Floors, delete “Light traffic / Low Impact (Urethane Finish)” system in its entirety.

6. Section 22 10 00, Schedule – For item Natural Gas 2 -1/2” – 6”/ Joints, delete “SW” and replace with “W.”


7. Section 22 10 00, Schedule – For item Pump Discharge / Joints, delete “SW” and replace

with “W.”

8. Section 22 10 00, Schedule – For item Non Potable Water / Joints, delete “SB” and replace with “Sd.”

9. Section 26 05 73, 3.3.A. - Replace paragraph in its entirety with the following text:

“A. Evaluate the following operating scenarios for each study. For medium-voltage

switchgear configuration under each scenario refer to Section 26 13 11.

1. Scenario 1: Normal operation; all four ComEd Lines in service; minimum ComEd fault current; Pumps 1 and 2 in service; stand-by generators off-line; USS-1 and all motor control centers double-ended.

2. Scenario 2: Normal operation; all four ComEd Lines in service; maximum ComEd

fault current; Pumps 1, 2, and 4 in service; stand-by generators off-line; USS-1 and all motor control centers double-ended.

3. Scenario 3: Normal operation; all four ComEd Lines in service; minimum ComEd

fault current; Pumps 1 and 2 in service; stand-by generators off-line; USS-1 and all motor control centers single-ended.

4. Scenario 4: Normal operation; all four ComEd Lines in service; maximum ComEd

fault current; Pumps 1, 2, and 4 in service; stand-by generators off-line; USS-1 and all motor control centers single-ended.

5. Scenarios 5 - 8: Same as Scenarios 1 - 4 but with loss of one ComEd Line of each

Service.

6. Scenarios 9 - 12: Same as Scenarios 1 - 4 but with loss of one ComEd Service.

7. Scenarios 13 - 16: Same as Scenarios 1 - 4 but with loss of three ComEd Lines, and all four stand-by generators on-line.

8. Scenarios 17 - 20: Same as Scenarios 1 - 4 but with loss of all four ComEd Lines,

and all four stand-by generators on-line.”

10. Section 26 05 73, 3.6 - Add the following text after paragraph B.: “C. Report worst case results (highest incident energy) for each location in the distribution system. For any locations where the worst case is found to be under a single-ended Scenario, or under any Scenario with one or more ComEd Line(s) out of service, perform additional analysis of similar locations based on all permutations of source feeder(s) being out of service.”

11. Section 26 27 26, 1.6.A. - Replace paragraph in its entirety with the following text:

“A. General: Furnish the following spare parts.


1. Five (5) 15-ampere, 125-volt, 2-pole, 3-wire grounding type plugs, NEMA 5-15P nylon housing, Hubbell Cat. No. HBL5266C.

2. Twenty (20) 20-ampere, 125-volt, 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding type plugs, NEMA 5-

20P, nylon housing, Hubbell Cat. No. HBL5366C.

3. Ten (10) 20-ampere, 125-volt, 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding type plugs, NEMA 5-20P, corrosion resistant, yellow nylon housing, Hubbell Cat No. HBL 53CM66C.

4. Ten (10) 30 ampere, 480-volt, 3 pole, 4-wire, grounding type twist-lock plugs,

NEMA L16-30P, nylon housing, Hubbell Cat. No. HBL2731.”

12. Section 26 27 26, 2.5.B. - Add the following item to the table:

DESCRIPTION RATING COLOR HUBBELL CAT. NO.

Single – twist- lock 3 phase

NEMA L16-30R 30A, 480V, 3P, 4W

Black HBL2730

13. Section 33 30 00, 2.1.A.3 - Delete the last sentence “Cable bands must be provided across

the joints to maintain positive electrical conductivity.”

14. Section 40 05 20, 2.12.M.3 – Add the following text after “Water Piping:”: “For 1 in and less than 1 in piping.”

15. Section 40 05 10, Interior and Exposed Exterior Piping Schedule - Item Soil, waste, drain /

vent and Storm / Remarks, delete “Sched. 50” and replace with “Sched 40.”

16. Section 40 05 10, Interior and Exposed Exterior Piping Schedule – For item Sump Pump Discharge / Protective Coatings/Ext, delete “BH” and replace with “P.”

17. Section 40 05 10, Interior and Exposed Exterior Piping Schedule – For item Dewatering

Pump Discharge / Protective Coatings/Ext, delete “BH” and replace with “P.”

18. Section 40 91 00, 2.10.A.2. - Replace paragraph in its entirety with the following text:

2. Condition monitoring system shall be Allen Bradley Dynamix 1444 Series for Vibration and Motor shaft speed. Provide Allen Bradley 1443 Sensors for vibration sensors and Allen Bradley 1442 sensors for motor shaft speed sensor.

19. Section 43 21 15, 2.5 - Replace paragraph in its entirety with the following text:

2.5 TRANSMITTERS AND SENSORS A. Equip each pump with pressure indicating transmitters and a motor shaft speed

sensor. Provide transmitters and sensors meeting the requirements of Section 40 91 00.


Drawings:

1. Drawing C-6 – See attached revised Drawing C-6.

2. Drawing C-10 –

1. At UNDERGROUND DEMOLITION PLAN, delete note “EXISTING FIRE HYDRANT AND VALVE BOX TO BE REMOVED AND STORED. TO BE REINSTALLED AFTER TEMPORARY PARKING LOT HAS BEEN DEMOLISHED.”

2. At UNDERGROUND DEMOLITION PLAN, delete note “TEMP PLUG PIPE”. See attached revised Drawing C-10.

3. Drawing C-13 - At UTILITY PLAN, delete note “RELOCATED HYDRANT (BY OTHERS).” See attached revised Drawing C-13.

4. Drawing S-71 – See attached revised Drawing S-71.




8. Drawing A-1 – At ABBREVIATIONS, delete note “HDCT HEAVY DUTY CONCRETE

TOPPING” and replace with “HDCT HIGH DENSITY CONCRETE TOPPING”

9. Drawing A-6 - At Details 2 and 3, Existing Rails to Be Restored, Conditions 1 and 2, delete note “STL ANGLE PAINTED TO MATCH” and replace with “MECHANICALLY FASTENED 1/4” X 4” STEEL PLATE PAINTED TO MATCH RAIL” See attached revised Drawing A-6.

10. Drawing A-9 – At DOOR SCHEDULE make following revisions:

The following doors are revised: 1. Door No. 121-1, change from a door type 5 to a door type 1. 2. Door No. 207-1, change from a door type 5 to a door type 1. 3. Door No. B107-1, change from a door type 6 to a door type 2. 4. Door No. 110-1, change from a door type 5 to a door type 1. 5. Door No. 112B-1, change from a door type 6 to a door type 2. 6. Door No. 112B-3, change from a door type 5 to a door type 1. 7. Door No. 122-1, change from a door type 5 to a door type 1. 8. Door No. 124-1, change from a door type 5 to a door type 1. 9. Door No. 124-2, change from a door type 5 to a door type 1. 10. Door No. 124-4, change from a door type 5 to a door type 1. 11. Door No. 208-1, change from a door type 5 to a door type 1. 12. Door No. 208-2, change from a door type 5 to a door type 1. 13. Door No. 208-3, change from a door type 5 to a door type 1. 14. Door No. 208-4, change from a door type 5 to a door type 1. 15. Door No. 211-1, change from a door type 5 to a door type 1. 16. Door No. 211-2, change from a door type 5 to a door type 1.


17. Door No. 301-2, change from a door type 5 to a door type 1. 18. Door No. 301-3, change from a door type 5 to a door type 1. 19. Door No. 128-3, change from a door type 7 to a door type 1. 20. Door No. 129-1, change from a door type 6 to a door type 2. 21. Door No. 130-4, change from a door type 5 to a door type 1.

For door types 5 and 6 the glass size is be changed from 4” (W) x 2’-1” (H) to 8” (W) x 12” (H), affecting the following doors:

1. Door No. 117-2, change from a door type 7 to a door type 5. 2. Door No. 117-3, change from a door type 7 to a door type 5. 3. Door No. 207-2, change from a door type 7 to a door type 5. 4. Door No. 112-1, change from a door type 7 to a door type 5. 5. Door No. 201-2, change from a door type 7 to a door type 5. 6. Door No. 210-1, change from a door type 7 to a door type 5. 7. Door No. B102-1, change from a door type 7 to a door type 5. 8. Door No. B102-2, change from a door type 7 to a door type 5. 9. Door No. 130-1, change from a door type 7 to a door type 5. 10. Door No. 130-3, change from a door type 7 to a door type 5. 11. Door No. 130-5, change from a door type 7 to a door type 5. 12. Door No. 133-2, change from a door type 7 to a door type 5.

See attached revised Drawing A-9.

11. Drawing A-12 – At ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE, delete following items: 118 ROOM, 120

VESTIBULE, and 134 VESTIBULE. See attached revised Drawing A-12.

12. Drawing A-24 - At Detail 1, Partial Demolition Plan at El. +11.00 to + 14.04, near column

Line 8, delete note, “DEMOLISH ELEVATOR” in its entirety. See attached revised Drawing A-24.

13. Drawing A-25 - At Detail 2, Partial Demolition Plan at El. +54.50, immediately to the west of

column line 10 and adjacent to area noted as “DEMOLISH ROOFING IN THIS AREA”, provide the following note:

“DEMOLISH EXISTING SCUPPER AND DOWNSPOUT - PATCH MASONRY” See attached revised Drawing A-25.

14. Drawing A-40 - See attached revised Drawing A-40.

See attached revised Drawing A-40.

15. Drawing A-45 - At Detail 1, Partial Plan at +EL. +80.00, at landing pad adjacent to door R3/3, add dimensions indicating slab extends east 5’-0” from exterior face of masonry and extends north 6’-0” from face of bottom stair riser. See attached revised Drawing A-45.

16. Drawing A-79 - At Detail 6, Section at Stair in Corridor 112B, provide 6” SGU aligned to east

edge of slab to close off space below landing. See attached revised Drawing A-79.


17. Drawing A-87 - At Detail 2, Wall Section Detail – Area E, delete note “SS CONDUCTOR HEAD” and replace with the following: “24” X 10” SS CONDUCTOR HEAD TO 4” X 4” SS DOWNSPOUT AND CONCRETE SPLASH BLOCK (TYP AT ALL DOWNSPOUTS AND SCUPPERS).” See attached revised Drawing A-87.

18. Drawing M-51 – For Section 1 – Equipment Area Section 1, see revised Section 4/P-8 on Drawing P-21 in this Addendum No. 3 for the connection between two 3” CW. See attached revised Drawing M-51.

19. Drawing H-48 – Add following Note 3 after Note 2.

“PROVIDE FLOW SWITCH ON THE MAKE-UP WATER TO 55 GALLON GLYCOL WATER STORAGE TANK. ALARM MAKE-UP WATER INDIVIDUALLY ON BOTH FLOW SWITCHES AT THE MAKE-UP WATER SYSTEM TO TCP-1 AND THE DDC SYSTEM.” See attached revised Drawing H-48.

20. Drawing H-52 – Add following Note under HVAC – PACKAGED AC UNITS. “PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONING UNITS PACU-1 AND PACU-2 ARE TO BE EQUIPPED WITH VARIABLE SPEED INVERTER DRIVEN COMPRESSOR, SINGLE ZONE VAV SUPPLY, DIRECT DRIVEN SUPPLY FANS, SPRING ISOLATED FAN ASSEMBLY, UL LISTING, AND LOW AMBIENT CONTROL DOWN TO 0 DEGREES F.” See attached revised Drawing H-52.

21. Drawing P-7 – Remove existing roof drains with portions of associated drain piping between column lines 7 and 8, and D and E. See attached revised Drawing P-7.

22. Drawing P-13 - Add 6 inch roof drain and 6 inch overflow drain and associated piping and connect to existing storm drainage. See attached revised Drawing P-13.

23. Drawing P-17 - Add 6 inch roof drain RD-1 and 6 inch overflow drain ORD-1. See attached

revised Drawing P-17.

24. Drawing P-21 – Section 4, add 3”CW connection between two 3” CW. See attached revised Drawing P-21.

25. Drawing P-22 – On Domestic Water Piping Diagram, add 3”CW connection between two 3”

CW at Pump Room. See attached revised Drawing P-22.

26. Drawing E-47 - 1. Revised PUMP NO.1 BLOCK DIAGRAM. 2. Revised NOTE 2. 3. Added NOTE 4. See attached revised Drawing E-47.

27. Drawing E-51 -

1. Revise circuit breaker designation for circuits 11 and 12 on panel UDP-1 from “SPARE” to “WATER QUALITY MONITORING PANEL”.


See attached revised Drawing E-51.

28. Drawing E-53 – 1. Revise the “CONDUCTOR QUANTITY AND SIZE” cell for 1MP4 to be “14 – 3/C#16”

in lieu of “11 – 2/C#16 TWSP”. 2. Revise the “REMARKS” cell for 1MP4 to be “TEMPERATURE SENSORS” in lieu of

“VIBRATION/SPEED/TEMPERATURE SENSOR”. 3. Revise the “REMARKS” cell for 1MP5 to be “VIBRATION AND SPEED SENSORS” in

lieu of “VIBRATION/SPEED/TEMPERATURE SENSOR”. 4. Revise the “CONDUCTOR QUANTITY AND SIZE” cell for 2MP4 to be “14 – 3/C#16”












lieu of “VIBRATION/SPEED/TEMPERATURE SENSOR”. See attached revised Drawing E-53.

29. Drawing E-56

1. Add the following conduits:

N20A ¾” 1 – CAT6e NAP-VFD NAP-MSG

N22A ¾” 1 – CAT6e NAP-MSG NAP-M2

2. Revise the “TO” cell for N28A to be “NAP-M3” in lieu of “GCP-M3”. 3. Revise the “TO” cell for N28B to be “NAP-M3” in lieu of “GCP-M3”. 4. Delete conduit number 5C17.


30. Drawing E-73 1. Add existing Water Quality Monitoring Panel in same location as shown on Drawing

H-28. Add circuits 11 and 12 from Panel UDP-1.



31. Drawing E-81 1. Revise Note 5 to read as follows: “ALL THREE PHASE RECEPTACLES SHOWN ON

THIS DRAWING ARE NEMA L16-30 FED FROM THE NEAREST PANELBOARD ON EL +11.00. COORDINATE RECEPTACLE TYPE AND LOCATION WITH THE COMMISSIONER’S REPRESENTATIVE.”


32. Drawing N-3 1. Revise “NETWORK ACCESS PANEL NAP-P1” to read “NETWORK ACCESS

PANEL NAP-P4”. 2. Revise “PUMP NO.1 CONTROL PANEL P1CP” to read “PUMP NO.4 CONTROL

PANEL P4CP”. 3. Revise “NETWORK ACCESS PANEL NAP-P2” to read “NETWORK ACCESS






PANEL P2CP”. See attached revised Drawing N-3.

33. Drawing N-12

1. Delete PASSENGER ELEVATOR CONTROL PANEL and its connection. See attached revised Drawing N-12.


Questions:

Question No. 1 Book 1, paragraph VII.E.Warranties, states that we are to “warrant all Work for a period of one year after the date of final completion”. Will the warranty for all equipment start at the final completion of all work, or will there be multiple warranties, with each warranty starting at the final completion of each phase? Answer: See Addendum No. 1, Question No. 17.

Question No. 2 Spec 43 21 15-3.6.B indicates that any additional refurbishment will be paid for under Contract Item G-2A specified in Section 01 29 50. G-2A is the ComEd allowance. Answer: See Addendum No. 1.

Question No. 3 Please provide a detail at the slab elevation change (2’-6”) at Elevation +27.50 in Area “C”. Refer to 2 on S-48. Answer: Provide 6” SGU to close off area below landing. See revised Sheet A-79 in this Addendum No. 3.

Question No. 4 Refer to Area “C” Elevation +27.50 on S-48. Does the 6” concrete slab at elevation +25.00 shown in Section 3 on S-96 extend to the wall that is 2’+- east of Column Line 5?

Answer: Yes, the 6" slab continues to the wall just east of line 5. Typical detail is 3/S-96 which shows the slab supported off the existing wall. Question No. 5 Please provide a detail at the slab elevation change (3’-5”) at the northwest corner of the elevator in Area “C”. Refer to 2 on S-98. Answer: See revised Sheet S-98 in this Addendum No. 3. Question No. 6 Section 9 on S-103 indicates that this is an existing slab. Section 1 shows a new 6” slab in close proximity to Section 9. Which is correct?

Answer: This is a new slab. See Sheet S-21 for selective demolition of existing slab in this area and Detail 7 on Sheet S-102 for new slab in this area. Question No. 7 What is the width of New Concrete Pier shown in Section 8 on S-105? Also, the note says to match the depth of the existing footing for the new footing. What are the dimensions of the new footing?


Answer: The width of the new pier is per note 8 on Sheet S-48. For bidding purposes assume depth as 16" and width as 12’. Exact depth to be matched with existing footing during construction. Question No. 8 Please provide detail of the elevation change (2’-5-1/2”) at Area c +11.00 SOG shown on S-47.

Answer: See revised Sheet S-98 in this Addendum No. 3. Question No. 9 Are we to assume that the area between Column Lines 9-10 & D-G shown on S-47 gets a SOG like the area west? Answer: No; this area has existing fill. See Section 1 on Sheet A-61.

Question No. 10 On S-48 on Column Line 5 between E & F there is a note of 4-1/2” conc. Slab. Is this new? Answer: No. See Sheet S-21 where no demolition is shown in this area. Question No. 11 Sections 2/S-105 & 3/S-105 on Partial plan at Elev. +71.00 on S-50 show metal deck with no lightweight topping slab. Section 10/S-146 shows a topping slab. Which is correct? Answer: There is no lightweight topping slab. Per note 2 on Sheet S-50, Sections 2 and 3 on Sheet S-105 is correctly showing a roof metal deck. Section 10 on Sheet S-146 is a typical detail to show the lateral support provided to the masonry wall at the bottom of the metal deck.

Question No. 12 In Section 43 21 15, Item 1.3.C Operating Conditions Please explain what the expectation is if the pumps do not meet the rating point capacity and total head operating conditions listed in this article during the Pre-refurbishment Baseline Test is conducted in Article 3.4.C.1. Item 3.4.D states that the post-test acceptance criteria is to meet the reading of the pre-test. That would indicate that if the operating conditions are not met during pre-test, you don’t have to meet them after refurbishment. Answer: Both requirements must be satisfied. Question No. 13 Steiner Electric is the authorized Kohler Power Systems distributor in the Greater Chicago area, representing Kohler Emergency Standby Generators, Transfer Switches, and Paralleling Switchgear. As such, we have been asked by some of the electrical contractors bidding the Central Park Pumping Station Temporary Power project, to quote a Kohler generator and paralleling switchgear solution to the drawings and specifications provided for the project. Kohler generators and switchgear are not listed in the specifications as an approved supplier, but are a globally recognized manufacturer of industrial standby emergency generator systems, and are well qualified to bid to the subject specifications.


My question is whether the City of Chicago will accept Kohler equipment, bid on this project, as an equal to the listed approved suppliers? I would appreciate your guidance in this matter. Answer: Substitutions are addressed in Book 1 – TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION. Question No. 14 Please provide the manufacturer and model/figure number for Suction Valve SV-3. Note that SV-3 was submerged below water and we were not allowed access. Answer: This information is not available. Question No. 15 Please provide drawings for Suction Valves SV-3, SV-4 and SV-5. Note that SV-3 was submerged below water and we were not allowed access. Answer: This information is not available. Question No. 16 Please provide any details in regards to the required torque for Suction Valves SV-3, SV-4 and SV-5. Answer: This information is not available. Question No. 17 Please provide drawings for Check Valves CV-1, CV-2, CV-3, CV-4 and CV-5. Answer: This information is not available. Question No. 18 With regards to Book 3 volume 2 of 2, Page 40 05 20-15 Paragraph T, five of the ten valves (e.g., the discharge valves DV-1 through DV-5) that require limit switches are receiving new electric actuators that will have integral limit switches. Please acknowledge that the integral actuator limit switches are sufficient for discharge valves DV-1 through DV-5. Answer: Yes. Question No. 19 With regards to Book 3 volume 2 of 2, Page 40 05 20-15 Paragraph U.2, ten of the valves (e.g., the discharge valves DV-1 through DV-5 and the suction valves SV-1B, SV-2B, SV-3 through SV-5) that require position transmitters are receiving new electric actuators that will have position transmitters. Please acknowledge that the integral actuator position transmitters are sufficient for discharge valves DV-1 through DV-5 and the suction valves SV-1B, SV-2B, SV-3 through SV-5. Answer: Yes.


Question No. 20 With regards to Book 3 volume 2 of 2, Page 40 05 20-15 Paragraph U.2, please confirm suction valves SV-1A and SV-2A do not require position transmitters. Answer: Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 21 Due to the complex nature of this project and concern from subcontractors on being able to provide pricing by the current bid date, we would like to request a 4 week bid postponement. Answer: See Addendum No. 2. Question No. 22 3.4.A.1 Factory witness inspection for each pump. For Witness test and inspection requirements refer to Section 26 05 01. This section states that at a minimum, provide standard factory and field test for each type of equipment. The type of test is not defined. Is this supposed to be a hydraulic performance test or just a hydro pressure test of the components, or a mechanical run test just to verify vibration within HI standards? If hydraulic performance test is required, is the purpose for comparison against the Operating conditions from the pretest or comparison against the operating conditions listed in section 43 21 15, item 1.3.C? We are also assuming that the factory test is meant to be a post refurbishment test and not a pretest. Answer: Section 26 05 01 referenced in question does not exist, we assume section referred is Section 26 05 10. Section 26 05 10 refers to motor testing. Section 43 21 15 refers to Main Pumps. See answer to Question No. 12. Question No. 23 IHC Construction respectfully requests a 2 week time extension to the bid date of July 14th. The request is necessary due to the complexity of the project and not being able to make contact with either of the acceptable main pump refurbishers named in Specification Section 43 21 15. Answer: See Addendum No. 2. Question No. 24 For existing materials to be demolished, the Contractor will assume the liability for compliance with all the disposal requirements. Will the Department assume the responsibility of the "Generator" for the Hazardous Waste manifest? Answer: Yes. Question No. 25 The indemnification set forth in Book 1, Gen. Conditions., Part VIII.A.1 will be difficult, if not impossible, to insure due to the fact that the obligation is not limited to defense and indemnification for losses caused by Contractor’s performance of the work. Will the City consider the following modifications to its indemnification provision: Contractor must protect, defend, indemnify, and hold the City, its officers, officials, representatives, and employees (collectively the “Indemnitees"), harmless from and against any and all claims, damages, demands, injury or death, in consequence of granting this Contract or arising out of or being in any way connected with arising


out of your performance under this Contract except for matters shown by final judgment Answer: No. See Contract Terms and Conditions. Question No. 26 The specifications state we must coordinate with CDWM for use of the bridge crane. If contractor requests to use the crane will a dedicated CDWM staff be assigned for the entire working day requested? What if any cost will the Contractor be charged for the CDWM staff for each day? Answer: The intent is that the existing crane will be available to the Contractor for lifts and operations that cannot be performed by other means. These costs will be absorbed by the Commissioner. Crane usage will be coordinated by the Commissioner. See Addendum No. 1, Question No. 23. Question No. 27 Section 3.9 repetitive reviews says that subsequent reviews will be performed at Contractor's expense. Please provide the cost for a subsequent submittal review for consideration with our bid. Answer: We assume question is in reference to Section 01 33 00, 3.9. Costs incurred for repetitive reviews will be passed on by the City without markup per Section 01 33 00, 3.9. As such the costs will be dependent on the specific submittal and the effort necessary to adequately review it. Question No. 28 Book 1, page 80 refers to a field office with a pay phone. Please confirm if this is required? If so, can a common use cell phone paid for by Contractor be provided instead? Answer: Yes. The intent is that a phone will be available for use by persons other than your Superintendent. Question No. 29 Book 1, General Conditions Part VI.E.1 states that in event of default CDWM may either provide no cure period or provide a 10-day cure period. Can CDWM provide an automatic 10 day cure period for any default? Answer: No. See Contract Terms and Conditions. Question No. 30 Will the CDWM provide a 3 week bid extension? Answer: See Addendum No. 2. Question No. 31 Specification 40 94 43-7, 2.1B.4 – redundancy module. The Allen Bradley part indicated is not a redundancy module for PLC’s but an interface module for the redundant I/O. the redundancy module would be a 1756-RM. Is the intention of this project to have both redundant PLC’s and redundant I/O for all PLC systems? Please clarify. Answer: Yes. Refer to Section 40 94 13, 1.1.A.1.c.


Question No. 32 Drawing #N22 to N26. These drawings list a different Allen Bradley I/O card than is listed in the specifications. The card type on these drawings are for the Allen Bradley CompactLogix series of PLC and the type specified in 40 94 43 is redundant ControlLogix I/O. The points per card are also different. Please clarify what cards are required. Answer: Refer to Section 40 90 50, 1.4.B. I/O card requirements are specified in Section 40 94 43. Question No. 33 The drawings (N22-N26) shows hard wired I/O but drawings N32 and N33 shows additional hard wired signals that do not show up on N22-N26. Will the I/O schedules be updated to match? Answer: No. The list shown on Sheets N-22 through N-26 only contains the I/O related to Pumps 1 through 5. Refer to Section 40 90 50, 1.4.B. Question No. 34 Specification section 40 94 13 talks about the GE iFIX HMI software that is required for the project. Drawing N4 also mention using thin clients for the monitors which requires the use of another GE product, iFIX terminal Server, which is not mentioned in the specifications. Is the intention to have a separate server for these thin clients running GE terminal server? Answer: No. The intent is to run iClientTS (iFIX terminal Server) on the redundant iFIX servers. Question No. 35 Will we have access to the area to the north of the new Generator Building and closure of the railroad tracks so we can install the Permanent Generators through the new wall louvers in the north wall of the Generator Room (see drawing C-4)? Answer: This area is not City property. Permission and access must be pursued directly with the railroad. The current intent is to install the permanent generators and other equipment through the existing dock door at Col D-12A on elev. +27.5. Question No. 36 If required, would we have access to the area north of the “ 6’ tall chain link fence” shown on drawing C-4? Answer: This area is not City property. Permission and access must be pursued directly with the owner of the property. Question No. 37 Drawing E-6 shows a structure tagged as “Switchgear Building”. We cannot find any details or specifications on this building. Please clarify. Answer: This is a temporary building constructed by the Contractor to house the equipment associated with the temporary generators. As it is a temporary building designed, submitted, and subsequently removed, by the Contractor there are no details or construction specifications needed in the Contract Documents. It must be suitable for the intended use.


Question No. 38 Drawing E-81 shows (8) 3-phase receptacles in the Basement Shops. Please confirm the types of receptacles required and the panel and circuit numbers from where they are fed. Answer: For Bidding purposes assume NEMA L16-30 fed from the nearest panelboard on elev. +11. Exact NEMA configuration to be coordinated during Construction. See revised Sheet E-81 in this Addendum No. 3. Question No. 39 Drawings N-6 and N-7 show multiple redundant PLC in the network. Is it permissible to use one redundant PLC in the System Master Control with redundant I/O drops to generator and main switchgear and MCC’s 2 and 3 in the generator room? Answer: Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 40 Enercon would like to propose Woodward Easygen generator controllers and Woodward LS-5 mains and tie breaker controllers in lieu of Woodward SPMA analog synchronizers. Woodward EasYgen is current technology and very robust. (Cut sheets attached). We have implemented these devices at the last two (2) pumping stations for the City of Chicago. Is this acceptable? Answer: Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 41 Enercon would like to propose eliminating the light box annunciators and provide mimic screens in the HMI’s. A larger HMI would be selected with alarm initiating screen changes for improved visibility offsetting the loss of the light panels. This would also result in a significant cost and space reduction. Is this acceptable? Answer: Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 42 Specification Section 131290 calls for an 8’-0” x 8’-0” Modular Office unit; however I do not see this unit on the drawings. Please confirm that this unit is to be used as the temporary pump engineer’s kiosk that is to be provided at Pump Room Elevation -18.00. If so, please indicate the location of this building for installation purposes. Answer: Refer to Sheet M-3 for usage of temporary kiosk. Coordinate and submit location during construction. Question No. 43 Please confirm that the contractor will be able to utilize the overhead crane in the existing pump room for the removal and reinstallation of the existing pumps, as well as the installation of the new medium voltage electric motors. Please confirm if the capacity of the crane will be adequate for the installation of the new motors.


Answer: Usage of the existing overhead crane is addressed in Addendum No. 1, Question No. 23. Refer to Section 26 19 00, 3.1.B for installation of MV motors that exceed the capacity of the existing crane.

Question No. 44 Section 01-29-50 – Page 6 Art 1.24, contract item SP-3 – spare parts, in section 23-34-00 spare parts is paragraph 1.7 not 16. Please correct Art 1.24. Answer: This is a typographical error. Correct reference is Section 23 34 00, Paragraph 1.7 Spare Parts. Question No. 45 In Spec section 221000-13 it states that the Above Ground Sanitary Waste, Drain, Vent & Storm Piping is to be Cast Iron Service Weight with Lead & Oakum joints. This is a very antiquated and expensive way to install Cast Iron pipe. Would Cast Iron No-Hub or Sch. 40 PVC DWV be an acceptable alternative? Answer: Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 46 In Spec section 221000-13 it states that the Under Ground Sanitary Waste, Drain & Vent Piping is to be Cast Iron Service Weight with Lead & Oakum joints. This is a very antiquated and expensive way to install Cast Iron pipe. Would Cast Iron Service Weight with Compression Gaskets or Sch. 40 PVC DWV be an acceptable alternative? Answer: Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 47 In Spec section 221000-13 it states that the Natural Gas Piping 2-1/2” – 6” is to be Sch. 80 Steel with Solvent Welded joints. I believe this is supposed to be regular Welded joints. Answer: This is a typographical error. Correct joint type is W. Question No. 48 In Spec section 221000-13 it states that the Pump Discharge Piping is to be Sch. 80 Steel with Solvent Welded joints. I believe this is supposed to be regular Welded joints. Answer: This is a typographical error. Correct joint type is W. Question No. 49 In Spec section 221000-13 it states that Non Potable Water is to have “SB” joints. “SB” is not listed in the joints schedule. Is this supposed to be “Sd” for Soldered joints? Answer: This is a typographical error. Correct joint type is “Sd” Soldered joint. Question No. 50 Please extend the bid date 2 weeks to allow for time to determine the best way to place and install the (3) larger MV motors due to the lifting capacity limitations of the overhead crane. Answer:


See Addendum No. 2. Question No. 51 Area D Plan shown on S-52 and S-110 shows slab elevation of +11’-7” down to +11-0” somewhere between columns 6 and 6B. Where is the location of the 7” difference? Please provide detail. Answer: No detail is required. Elevation varies as indicated in the Sections on Sheet S-118.

Question No. 52 On S-118 there is no Section number on the lower right section. We assume its number 4? There is a 5’ dimension labeled New FDN but it’s not shown as new like the other side. Is this new or existing? Answer: Assume the untitled Section is number 4. The word "NEW" beneath the 5'-0" dimension is a typographical error and should read "EXIST". See revised Sheet S-118 in this Addendum No. 3. Question No. 53 There is no N/S section through pier C1/6B/7A. Does the new foundation extend on the N/S side of the pier the same way as Section 1 on S-118? Answer: The N/S section is similar to Section 2/S-118. Refer to General Note 6 on Sheet S-1. Question No. 54 Is there any work at Pier C1/8A/8B on S-118? No section cuts or notes showing any. Answer: The work at this pier is similar to Pier C1/9A/10A. Question No. 55 There is no E/W section through pier C1/9A/10A. Does the new foundation extend on the E/W side of the pier the same way as Section 2 on S-118? Answer: No work is shown. Bid per Contract Document. Question No. 56 Section 3 on S-118 calls for #5 rebar @ 18” centers drilled and grouted into the existing slab. Note 5 refer us to 9/S-144 which has the dowels @ 12” on center. Is Note 5 for waterstop and vapor barrier only? Answer: Yes. Question No. 57 Does the beam shown in 2/S-114 run the all the way between Columns A & B2? Answer: Yes, as shown on 7/S-112.


Question No. 58 Does the beam shown in 3/S-114 run the length of the grating platform only? Answer: Yes. Refer to 1/S-120 between column lines 12A and 13. Question No. 59 What is the length of the pad shown on 2/S-114 & 11/S-115? Answer: See revised Sheet A-45 in this Addendum No. 3.

Question No. 60 Section 11/S-121 shows a beam and SOG. Is this SOG poured on top of existing slab? If so, the demo drawings do not show any concrete removal for the beam. If it’s open area than it’s not a SOG. Also, does this slab get any drilled dowels into any existing concrete? Answer: There is no existing slab in this area. Provide new SOG as shown. See Sheet S-143 for typical SOG details. Question No. 61 Section 3/S-57 shows existing sand fill in the hoppers. When the hopper is partially demolished and the new wall is built do we put the sand fill back into the hoppers? Answer: Yes; the intent is to not have a void below the slab between Column Lines A and B. Question No. 62 Section 1/S-130 shows lean concrete fill west of 16A. What are the dimensions of this area? The drawings are unclear. Answer: On Sheet S-58, the length of this area is provided and the width is 5’-2”. See Sections 1 and 4 on Sheet S-130 for vertical profiles. Question No. 63 Approximately how many minutes does it take the bridge crane, over the pump area, to raise and lower the hook from -18 elevation to the overhead door in the southeast corner and back to -18? From the Compass Rose for reference would be good. Answer: The round trip from Compass Rose at Elevation -18 to the overhead door at Elevation +25 and return takes approximately 10-11 minutes without a load. The overall travel speed when loaded is dependent on the weight and inertia of the load. Question No. 64 Questions 1a-1e: Per Page 40 05 20-15, Paragraph 2.11.S, “…Where the operators are located over 7 feet from the floor or in an inaccessible location, connect all internal control and indication wiring to a terminal block within the operator enclosure and provide a separate control station for remote mounting…” a. It would seem several of the required electric motor operators for valves are on the margin of


whether they would require separate control stations. Please identify which actuator or actuators require a remote control station.

Answer: Refer to Section 40 05 20, 2.11.S. b. Please describe from what point on the operator the distance to the floor is to measured. For

simplicity, we would propose the top of the actuator. Answer: This is reasonable.

c. How do you define “floor” in regards to the 7 foot measurement for the remote control station?

We would define the “floor” as any structure that could support a person. Answer: Floor in this instance refer to the surface that operating personnel would normally stand. d. With regards to DV-5, does the “floor” indicate EL -8.42 feet or on the platform approximately 8

feet off the main floor? Answer: Floor in this instance would be EL -8.42. e. How do you define “inaccessible” in regards to the need for the remote control stations? Would

any operator other than DV-4 be considered “inaccessible”? Answer: Inaccessible in this instance refers to the inability to readily access the actuator for operation. Operators located more than 7 feet above the floor are inaccessible. Question No. 65 Please clarify that Paragraph 2.3.E of Page 40 05 20-8, which specifies “…bonnets for 4-inch and larger gate valves are to be provided with outside screw and yoke bonnets…”, does not apply to the 36-inch non-rising stem gate valve with electric motor operator to be installed in the suction pipe of each of Main Pumps No.1 (SV-1B) and No.2. (SV-2B) pursuant to Paragraph 1.1.A.1 of Page 40 05 20-1. Answer: Yes. See this Addendum No. 3. Question No. 66 Specification 01 789 00 1.7-B indicates 260 hours per session for training for Specification 40 98 00. Based on 4 sessions, this will be a total of 1,040 hours. This seems excessive. Please confirm the number of training hours is correct. Answer: Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 67 Will partial warranties be granted as equipment is started up and put into operation? The project will be implemented over several years so some equipment will be put into service and in operation for years before the project Final Completion date. Answer: See Addendum No. 1, answer to Question No. 17.


Question No. 68 Specification 40 94 43 2.1-B-2 Indicates 1756-PA72 power supply for PLC chassis. 40 94 13 1.1-A-1-c indicates redundant PLC power supplies are to be used. 1756-PA72 is not a redundant power supply. Please confirm the type of power supply to be used. Answer: Refer to Section 40 94 43, 2.3.B.1.

Question No. 69 Specification 40 94 43 2.1-B-4 lists P/N 1715-AENTR is listed as the redundancy module. This is the Ethernet adapter for the Redundant I/O chassis (not a redundancy module). The redundancy module for the ControlLogix Processor Chassis should be 1756-RM2. Please confirm. Answer: Confirmed, refer to Section 40 94 13, 1.1.A.1.c. Question No. 70 Various N Drawings (N-22 through N-26) indicate using 1769 series I/O. This conflicts with Specification 40 94 43 which specifies 1715 Series ControlLogix redundant I/O. Confirm which I/O is to be used. Answer: Refer to Section 40 90 50, 1.4.B. Sheets N-22 through N-26 are intended to provide a partial list of I/O points only. I/O card requirements are specified in Section 40 94 43. Question No. 71 Network Configuration Drawings and Panel Detail Drawings both show only two PLC racks. Redundant ControlLogix requires a minimum of three racks: Two identical racks for the PLC Processors and a third (or more) rack for I/O. Please confirm the PLC architecture. The intent of the plans/specs appears to be using Redundant ControlLogix PLCs with Series 1715 Duplex redundant I/O (meaning all I/O modules will be duplicated). Please confirm. Answer: Confirmed. Panel detail on Sheet N-27 shows two ControlLogix chassis, two redundant power supplies, and two Bulletin 1715 redundant I/O chassis. Note 1 indicates that the Detail is diagrammatic and is not intended to be a panel fabrication drawing. Question No. 72 Does the City have a preference for MFR/Model of DIN rail mount industrial Ethernet switches? I could not find any specifications for these items in either 40 94 13 or 40 95 13. I assume DIN rail mount Ethernet switches are to be installed inside the PLC panels, not rack mount switches. Please confirm. Answer: Confirmed. Sheets N-27 through N-30 show DIN-rail mounted switches. The manufacturers listed in Section 40 94 13, 2.3.A.4.b are acceptable.


Question No. 73 Specification 40 94 13 2.10-A indicates providing one development and two iClient licenses for iFix SCADA software. Specification 40 94 13 2.8-A indicates three iClient desktops are required (CPPS Control Room, Server Room and Station’s Chief Office). Drawing N-4 shows two servers, one desktop computer in the Chief’s office based on Note 8, two other clients (presumably as they are not referenced to Note 8) in the Server Rack and the Server Room, and four other “thin client” monitors as indicated by Note 7. Are the “thin client” monitors actual Thin Client machines with monitors? There is no specification for Thin Client machines or licensing to support a thin client architecture (which typically would require a Remote Desktop Services (RDS) sever). Please provide clarification of the SCADA Server/Client architecture and licensing required. Answer: “Thin client” is used to reference computer hardware meeting the generally accepted industry definition of the term, consisting of at minimum a display, keyboard, and mouse as shown on Sheet N-4. Any additional hardware and software required to achieve the thin client architecture are to be provided in accordance with Section 40 90 00, 1.1.C. Refer to Section 01 11 00, 1.2.D, Section 40 90 50, 1.4.B, and Question No. 34. Question No. 74 Do the generator circuit breakers (in GSG-1) have to conform to generator breaker standards C37.013/013a Answer: No. Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 75 Refer drawing # E-13 (MSG-1 Elevation). Please confirm if we have to provide an empty vertical section for the Remote I/O shown on the left hand side of the switchgear elevation. Also per paragraph M.5 on page 26 13 00-17 of Medium Voltage Switchgear specification, it is mentioned that the Generating Paralleling Controller “GPC” remote I/O modules should be installed in an auxiliary compartment of the switchgear. If we have to install the remote I-O modules in the switchgear, we will need more details and make of the remote I/O modules. Answer: Confirmed, the leftmost section of MSG-1 is an “empty” section which does not include the main power bus. Provide remote I/O in accordance with Section 40 94 43 per Section 26 13 23, 2.2.D.3.a.(3). Question No. 76 Refer drawing # E-16. This drawing shows a separate elevation for the switchgear GSG-1 and a separate elevation for the GPC (Generator Paralleling Controller). We assume that the GPC is a separate 9 section control panel board with all paralleling controls installed. Please confirm. Answer: The GPC and GSG-1 are separate pieces of equipment. Their locations are shown on Sheet E-82.


Question No. 77 Refer drawing # E-45. We need complete catalog numbers of the SEL relays shown on the table on the RHS bottom. The table gives only the basic catalog numbers. The relay prices can vary significantly based on the catalog numbers selected. The catalog numbers of the following relays are needed:

SEL-351

SEL-587Z

SEL-311

SEL-751A

SEL-700G

SEL-734 Answer: Exact catalog numbers will not be provided. Relay models are specified to show design intent; determination of exact catalog number is the responsibility of the switchgear manufacturer based on meeting all specified functional requirements.

Question No. 78 Will equivalent Siemens numerical relays be acceptable in lieu of the specified SEL relays?

Answer: Bid per Contract Document. Acceptable manufacturers are listed in Section 26 13 00, 2.1. Substitutions are addressed in Book 1 – TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION. Questions No. 79 Refer paragraph 2.4.A.3 on page 26 13 00-17 of Medium Voltage Switchgear specifications. Please furnish details (make and model #) of the remote operator interface terminal to be installed in the LCP (Main Switchgear Local Control Panel) mentioned under this paragraph. Answer: Refer to Section 26 13 23, 2.2.B.2.j and Section 40 94 43 for operator interface terminal requirements. Question No. 80 Refer paragraph “h” on page 26 13 00-14 of Medium Voltage Switchgear specifications. We need to know the communication protocol required for the SEL relays and SEL meter installed in the switchgear. Answer: Contractor to select communication protocol for the microprocessor based relays. Relay must be able to communicate with PLC per Section 26 13 00, 2.3.J.2.h and Section 40 94 43, 3.1.C. Question No. 81 Specification 26 18 39 2.2d1 – Siemens drive does not have electrostatic shield on the transformer due to the custom phase shifting transformer we include. Will this be acceptable? Answer: Bid per Contract Documents.


Question No. 82 Specification 26 18 39 2.2d2 – Can we get more information on where the temperature control panel should be located? Answer: Temperature control panel is located in VFD transformer compartment since it is specified under “Input Transformer” in Section 26 18 39, 2.2.D. Question No. 83 Specification 26 18 39 2.2m7 – please clarify where SEL-4600 will be installed and why is it needed? Answer: There is nothing to clarify. Test blocks are designed to be mounted on the VFD enclosure to be accessible from the outside; exact location to be determined by manufacturer based on their specific design. Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 84 Specification 26 18 39 2.7H – please confirm that VFD and motor string will be done at the pump manufacturer? And not at VFD and/or motor factories Answer: Bid per Contract Documents. VFD and motor testing location is specified in Section 26 18 39, 2.7.H.3.

Question No. 85 Specification section 26 05 12, paragraph 3.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRIC SERVICE, states that the Contractor is to pay all Com-Ed charges and fees associated with securing temporary electric service. There will be a Com Ed excess facility charge for the temporary power drop at the site. We have no way of determining how much this charge will be. We request that an allowance be established for the Com Ed excess facility charge, or that the Contractor be paid by change order for this charge. Answer: The Contractor is responsible for providing temporary power for his trailers and other construction activities. This is considered normal construction practice. It is intended that such pricing and scheduling will be coordinated directly between the Contractor and the Utility (ComEd). Question No. 86 Please confirm the CDWM will claim “Generator” status for any pre-existing hazardous waste/special waste materials encountered on this project. Answer: See Question No. 24. Question No. 87 There is a discrepancy between Detail 1 and Detail 2 on Contract Drawing C-35. Detail 1 requires 3000 psi concrete around Detention Structure Precast Element, while Detail 2 calls for 250 psi flowable fill. Please advise on which detail is correct. Answer: Detail 2 on Sheet C-35 ‘Detail (A) Joint Tape Installation’ is intended to show installation of joint tape. Per Detail 1, 3000 psi concrete is required.


Question No. 88 Is railroad protective liability insurance required for this project? If so, please provide the limits. Answer: Limits must be coordinated with the railroad to satisfy the requirements stated in Book 2 of the Contract Specifications. Per best information available from CSX, railway insurance requirements are indicated on pages 10 and 11 of CSX’s Public Project Information manual. See attachment A. Complete Public Project Manual available in the following link: https://www.csx.com/index.cfm/library/files/about-us/property/public-project-manual/ Question No. 89 How many and what kind of trains per day utilize the tracks? Answer: Per best information available from CSX, less than one train per day. Question No. 90 When will railroad flaggers be required? Answer: See attachment A. Question No. 91 Who is responsible for the cost of the railroad flaggers? Answer: Cost of flagger to be included as Bid Item No. G-1, Lump Sum Project Work. Per best information available from CSX, current cost of flagger per day has been revised to $1,500. Question No. 92 Can the elevator in Area A be utilized for construction purposes? What is the load capacity of the elevator? Answer: No. Existing facilities, including the washrooms and elevators, are for use by City personnel only.

Question No. 93 On Drawing S-38, at the matchline for S-37, it calls for both ‘1” GAP’ and ‘1” EXP’ between slabs @ EL -9.92. Please clarify if the intent is a gap or expansion joint between the slabs? Answer: Provide 1" gap. Question No. 94 Can you please consider pushing the bid date back a week or so? Answer: See Addendum No. 2. Question No. 95 Will the Contractor be required to purchase a City of Chicago building permit for this project? Answer: Yes. The Contractor must secure and pay for all Permits.

https://www.csx.com/index.cfm/library/files/about-us/property/public-project-manual/


Question No. 96 Are there any existing drawings showing the typical cross section of the RR tracks that are to be removed. Answer: Refer to Section 1 on Sheet S-80. Additional detail information is not available. Question No. 97 On Sheet P-4 , Note #3 states All Existing Sump Pumps to be demolished, Existing Duplex Sump Pumps #1 to #4 are not label to be demolished, please clarify if the Duplex pumps #1 to #4 are to be demolished. Answer: No conflict exists. Refer to Note 3 on Sheet P-4. Question No. 98 Please show where the temporary bridges for vehicular and pedestrian traffic are intended to be utilized as described in specification section 01 50 00, Section 1.8. Answer: Locations, quantities and details of temporary bridge are dependent on Contractor’s means and methods. Question No. 99 Specification section 26 27 26 – Wiring Devices does not list any spare parts for bid item SP-13. Answer: Addressed in this Addendum No. 3. Question No. 100 On Drawing S-47, the proposed SOG west of the new elevator pit is +14’-1” and the proposed SOG south of the new elevator pit is +11’-6-1/2”. Please provide a detail showing how these to SOG with different elevations connect. Answer: See Question No. 8 answer. Question No. 101 Please provide the elevation for the proposed foundation on sheet S-47 between column lines 9 and 10. Answer: Per Sheet S-47, match width and depth of existing foundation. Also see response to Question No. 7. The bottom of the footing is at EL. +8’-9”. This shall be verified in the field. Question No. 102 Will security be required at all construction access points during construction hours? Answer: Refer to Section 01 11 01, 1.2 P.


Question No. 103 Who is responsible for payment of the city-provided crane operator if utilized by the Contractor? Answer: The existing crane will be available to the Contractor for lifts and operations that can not be performed by other means. These costs will be absorbed by the Commissioner. It is not intended to be used for recurring construction activities. Crane usage will be coordinated by the Commissioner. Question No. 104 On drawing S-92, section 1, please provide a connection detail between the existing foundation and new concrete footing. Answer: There is no connection. Question No. 105 Plan sheet C-10 indicates there is a fire hydrant on the south side of W. Fillmore Street to be removed, stored, and reinstalled after the temp parking lot is installed. Sheet C-13 says this work is to be done by others. Is the work involved in relocating this hydrant part of this contract of will this be by others? Answer: The relocation of the existing fire hydrant has been already completed by Others. See revised Sheets C-10 and C-13 in this Addendum No. 3.

Question No. 106 In regards to the new 8” Water Services, plan sheet C-36 note 2 states “DWM to furnish valve basins, tees/taps, and valves. Contractor to install.” Spec section 33 10 00 sub section 3.5 A and 3.9 A state DWM will execute the tap and provide a point of continuation for the contractor. Please Clarify who is responsible to perform the actual tap of the existing water main. Answer: The City will cut in the new tees and corresponding valves. The contractor is responsible for prepping the site (excavation, shoring, etc.) and for continuing the service installations from the control valves to the building. Question No. 107 If the contractor is responsible for tapping the existing water main will the main be shut down for a “cut in connection” for the services and new valve? Or will pressure connections and insert-a-valves be required? Answer: See answer to Question No. 106 above. Question No. 108 Spec section 33 30 00 part 2.1 Ductile Iron Pipe for Storm Sewer - #3 requires cable bands across joints for cathodic protection. The specs for Ductile Iron Water Main do not state the need for cathodic protection. Please confirm that this is correct. Answer: Per Section 33 10 00, Ductile Iron Water Main do not need cathodic protection.


Question No. 109 After successful completion of the 30 day continuous operational testing of a single pump conversion, and in accordance with the Department of Water Management Terms and Conditions for Construction Contracts- Article IV “Property” paragraph E “Right to Occupy Before Substantial Completion”, will the City take responsibility to operate, maintain and repair (to the extent not covered by warranty) the pump, motor and VFD? Will the warranty period start after successful completion of the 30 day continuous operational testing of a pump conversion? Answer: Following the acceptance of the converted pump the City will operate the equipment. The Contractor must maintain and repair the equipment through the end of the Warranty period, which begins as described in Book 1 of the Contract Specifications. Question No. 110 Specification section 43 21 15 paragraph 3.6B states additional refurbishments so authorized by the Commissioner will be paid for under contract item G-2A. Contract item G-2A is titled “ComEd Optional Facilities Charge not specifically included in contract item No. G-1”. Please clarify. Answer: See Addendum No. 1, Book 3 – Technical Specifications, Item No. 17. Question No. 111 Is it the intent that W. Fillmore St. will be closed to thru traffic for the duration of the project? Answer: The portion of Fillmore St. shown on Sheet C-6 will be closed for the duration of the Project. CDOT coordination must be completed by the Contractor prior to road closure. Question No. 112 Due to the complex nature of this project and concern from subcontractors on being able to provide pricing by the current bid date, we would like to request a 4 week bid postponement. Answer: See Addendum No. 2. Question No. 113 Can the existing building plans be made available in order to calculate how much reinforcement is in the existing concrete? Answer: This information is not available during bidding. Question No. 114 Please provide a reinforcement/dowel detail for 19” concrete slab @ EL. 21’-7” on Contract Drawing 2/S-57. Answer: For bidding purposes, reference Detail 6 on Sheet S-84. Exact configuration to be coordinated during construction. Question No. 115 Please provide existing as built plans for the Hopper and beam support system (Sheet S-75) in Area D to be removed. i.e. wall thickness. Answer:


This information is not available during bidding. Question No. 116 SPECS 03 30 00, 3.3.J requires construction key joints at all construction joints. However, the drawings show construction key joints only at specific construction joints on walls and slabs below the grade. Please clarify which is correct. Answer: Referenced specification clearly states, "Unless noted otherwise." Follow construction documents. Question No. 117 Sheet C-10, note 3 states that concrete foundations and demolition debris from the previously demolished Natorium are present below grade and is to be removed if encountered during the excavation work…work to include removal of 1440 cubic yards of material and replacement with backfill. Please clarify if this note means the total removal is 1440 CY or is it 1440 CY and any additional concrete foundations and demolition debris encountered. In addition, please address the type of material that is expected to be encountered if it is not concrete material. Is it all concrete foundation, is it broken concrete or unbroken material? Is it contaminated material? Answer: The note refers to 1,440 CY of total material removal. The material is anticipated to include, but not limited to, concrete foundations, broken concrete, brick, reinforcement and other various building debris. Question No. 118 The environmental report and drawings provide general locations and the type of materials that would need to be abated for asbestos. Can the quantity of the material that needs to abated for asbestos be provided? Answer: The Contractor is responsible for abatement of all ACM in the defined work area(s) as shown on the drawings and reflected in the specifications. The Contractor is responsible for abatement of all similar ACM materials not specifically enumerated in the table in the specification. Question No. 119 The environmental report and drawings provides general locations and the type of materials painted that would need to be abated for lead. Can the quantity of the material that needs to abated for lead be provided? Answer: The Contractor is responsible for abatement of all lead-based paint (LBP) in the defined work area(s) as shown on the drawings and reflected in the specifications. The Contractor is responsible for abatement of all similar LBP materials not specifically enumerated in the table in the specification. Question No. 120 Some of the items to be removed from the table provided in the hazardous and non-hazardous survey report does not match when you add up the totals quantities for each room and for each type of materials compared to the total on the bottom of the table. Please clarify which is the correct value to use for the removal of these items. Answer: The total is the sum of all rooms.


Question No. 121 Please confirm there no dowel required between the existing foundation and new wall foundation per Detail 7/S-133? Answer: Follow Detail 7/S-133. Question No. 122 Please clarify the difference between the PTD and HDPC floor finished as shown in the drawings. The specification section 096700 High Density Concrete Topping identifies two types of material a “Regular Duty” and “Heavy Duty”. How does the specification align with the designations in the drawings? Answer: There is no HDPC. It is assumed contractor is referring to HDCT (High Density Concrete Topping). See this Addendum No. 3. Provide floor finishes per Room Finish Schedule on Sheet A-12. At floors labeled HDCT, provide finish in accordance with Section 09 67 00 (High Density Concrete Toppings). Section 09 67 00 indicates where regular duty and heavy duty HDCT is to be used. At floors labeled PTD (painted), provide finish in accordance with Section 09 96 00 (High-performance Coatings). Question No. 123 Please identify the system components that should be used to achieve the topping surface as shown on A-33. Detail 2 shows an HDCT material at the top, but does not identify the material that “varies” in size. Please clarify. The specification section 096700 only calls for system thickness of 3/16” for regular and heavy duty topping materials. Answer: See Detail 6 on Sheet S-84 for construction of concrete topping material marked as “varies”. Question No. 124 Please identify the difference between Floor Type 1 and Floor Type 2 as shown on Drawings A-32 and A-33 Answer: Floor Type 1 and Floor Type 2 differ only in the finish color to delineate the (3) motor assembly areas. Question No. 125 Specification section 125000 item 2.2.A states “Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:” to which it goes on to list various manufacturers for different products such as Steelcase and Allsteel. Please confirm if alternate manufacturers will be allowed. Answer: Substitutions are addressed in Book 1 – TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION Question No. 126 The High Performance Coatings spec 099600 details two types of paint for Concrete Floors for Light Traffic/Low Impact, Urethane Finish and Epoxy Finish. Please clarify where these two paint types should be installed. Answer: Provide Epoxy Finish. See this Addendum No. 3.


Question No. 127 Specification Section 43 21 15 paragraph 3.4D states that the refurbished pump will not be accepted unless the post-refurbishment readings and functionality meet the pre-refurbishment readings and functionality as a minimum. Our concern is that the refurbished pumps may not meet existing baseline hydraulic performance or vibration signature data points when compared to a pump that has settled in over the past 6o +/- years. Given there are numerous modifications relative to the pump electrification, including structural, it is plausible that the pump may not meet some of the baseline data points. For example, will the pump be accepted if 3 of 4 pump flows have been achieved? We request that the specification be clarified to state if post refurbishment readings do not meet pre-refurbishment results, but they do meet HI standards for the pump characteristics listed in section 43 21 15 1.3C, the refurbished pumps will be accepted. Answer: The intent of this Specification item is to require that the post-refurbishment conditions are not lesser than the pre-refurbishment conditions. If the post-refurbished readings are not the same, or better, than the pre-refurbished readings, the pump will not be accepted. Question No. 128 Specification section 43 21 15 paragraphs 3.6 & 3.7 discuss additional work that may be performed if authorized by the Commissioner. The contract states these additional services are to be paid for under an allowance but there is no mention of additional time. If Additional Refurbishment is requested by the Commissioner, will there also be a time extension granted for the work? Answer: This will be coordinated during Construction if it affects the Critical Path. Question No. 129 Specification section 43 21 15 paragraph 1.4(B)(4) states to submit “Motor Shop Test Procedures” and paragraph 3.2(C)(5) states to provide “balancing and testing procedures”. We can find no requirement to perform any shop testing of the pump after refurbishment. Please confirm what shop tests will be required. Answer: Performance testing at factory is not required. All other performance testing at Central Park Pumping Station to be performed per Section 43 21 15, 3.4.C. Question No. 130 Specification section 43 21 15 paragraph 3.2 C require written report to be submitted to Commissioner. How long should we include in the Project Schedule for Commissioner response to the report, to include formal direction to proceed with any Authorized Additional Refurbishments per 43 21 15 paragraphs 3.6 & 3.7? Answer: Assume that Report will be considered as Submittal. Question No. 131 The pump manufacturer has stated the original gaskets for the pumps contain asbestos. Please confirm if the gaskets have ever been replaced. If not, should we include asbestos abatement of gaskets in our proposal? Answer: Information about gasket replacement is not available. Per Section 43 21 15, 3.2.A provide


abatement of asbestos and lead-based paint of Main Pump. Question No. 132 After successful completion of the 30 day continuous operational testing of a single pump conversion, and in accordance with the Department of Water Management Terms and Conditions for Construction Contracts- Article IV “Property” paragraph E “Right to Occupy Before Substantial Completion”, will the City take responsibility to operate, maintain and repair (to the extent not covered by warranty) the pump, motor and VFD? What about the ancillary systems required to run the pumps (lube oil, compressed air, scada, etc.)? Answer: Following the acceptance of the converted pump the City will operate the equipment. The Contractor must maintain and repair the equipment through the end of the Warranty period, which begins as described in Book 1 of the Contract Specifications. Question No. 133 After successful completion of the 30 day continuous operational testing of a single pump conversion, and in accordance with the Department of Water Management Terms and Conditions for Construction Contracts- Article IV “Property” paragraph E “Right to Occupy Before Substantial Completion”, will the Warranty period start after successful completion of the 30 day continuous operational testing of a pump conversion? This question would pertain to the pumps, motors, vfds, lube oil system, etc., and all ancillary systems necessary to run the pumps. Answer: See Addendum No. 1. Question No. 134 Please provide a valve list for the process mechanical system. Answer: All valve quantities and sizes are shown in the Contract Documents. Question No. 135 Please provide an instrument list for the process mechanical system. Answer: All instruments are shown in the Contract Documents. Question No. 136 Please provide technical information for the existing valves to be inspected as described in section 40 05 20 paragraph 2.14. Answer: This information is not available. Question No. 137 Please reference Contract Drawing H-23 and H-24. Please provide as-built drawings for the existing boiler flue. Contract drawings provide no exact information as to dimensions, thickness, and support system. Information requested is essential in preparation of demolition package for the project. Answer: This information is not available.


Question No. 138 Please reference Contract Drawing P-4, P-5, and P-6. Please confirm all piping for plumbing demolition is exposed and not encased in concrete. Answer: As shown on Sheets P-4, P-5, and P-6, all piping for plumbing demolition are exposed. Question No. 139 Spec section 05 51 00 F.5, Page 7 states: “…. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds to comply with NOMMA's "Voluntary Joint Finish Standards" for Type 1 welds: no evidence of a welded joint.” At least one of the approved fabricators does not finish to a Type 1 specification. Can this spec be modified to a Type 2 finish? Answer: Yes. Provide Type 2 welds. See this Addendum No. 3. Question No. 140 Are existing handrails on drawing A6, details 2 and 3 steel or wrought iron? Answer: This information is not available. Question No. 141 Since the true condition of the railing(s) on drawing A6 will not be known until they are blast cleaned, can the Owner establish an allowance item in the contract? If not, can the scope of repairs such as done for the gallery brackets be identified? Answer: No. Only minor repairs are anticipated. Question No. 142 Please provide the thickness of the new 4” kick plate for the existing handrail restoration. Answer: Provide ¼” thick kick plate. See revised Sheet A-6 in this Addendum No. 3. Question No. 143 Since the new handrail must be designed and stamped by the contractor’s engineer (note 25, Sheet S-3) can we assume the design of repairs/new kick plates/connections of the existing railing will be by the owner’s engineer? Answer: New handrails shall be designed and sealed by contractor's structural engineer per Note 25, Sheet S-3. This is not required for existing rails. Question No. 144 Can we assume the existing handrail meets current structural performance as described in Specification Section 05 52 00 B.1 for new aluminum handrails and railings? Answer: No. Do not assume existing handrails meet structural performance specified in Section 05 52 00, B.1.


Question No. 145 Will scaffold be allowed on the perimeter walkway at elevation +25.17 in the observation gallery of the Pump room? If so, what is the allowed loading in pounds per square feet? Answer: Use of scaffold is described in Section 01 50 00, 1.2.B. Allowable loads can be found on Sheet S-1. This allowable load is after the retrofit of the brackets supporting the walkway. Access must be maintained as required by City Staff. Question No. 146 Specification 01 12 16 “Construction Work Sequence & Limitations” requires the Contractor to “Demonstrate successful 30-day continuous operational testing of Pump Conversion work” prior to the next pump being taken out of service. In the event a pump does not meet existing pre-refurbishment readings and functionality, but is operating in accordance with HI standards, will the Commissioner allow the Contractor to proceed with work on the next pump so as to not delay the project? Answer: No. Question No. 147 Please reference spec section 26 05 73 paragraph 3.3 “Operating Scenarios”. Please provide the missing information. This information is critical to compiling the Preliminary Report per paragraph 1.3B and subsequent approval of all electrical distribution equipment per paragraph 1.3C. Answer: Addressed in this Addendum No. 3. Question No. 148 On sheet S-21, please provide the elevation and cross section of the existing foundation to be removed at the machine shop. Answer See revised Sheet S-71 in this Addendum No. 3. Question No. 149 Overhead Door Specifications (08-33-23)-2.3(Fabrication)-A (General). Mentions 24ga mill (aluminum) front and a 18ga steel back curtain. This is not available. Specified products cannot have 2 different metals. Please indicate single metal (aluminum or steel)? Answer: “Mill” does not imply aluminum. Question No. 150 Overhead Door Specifications (08-33-23)-1.3(Design Reqs) – A (General). Mentions a 30psf. This Windload is only available on a Steel Curtain. Please Confirm a Steel Curtain will be accepted. Answer: Provide unit capable of resisting 30 psf. Question No. 151 Overhead Door Specifications (08-33-23)-2.3(Fabrication)-F (Screen Curtain), mentions an aluminum security grille. While the plans seem to indicate a screen curtain, a screen curtain is only available in a Perforated Steel Slat. Please select an Aluminum Grille or a Steel Screen.


Answer: Perforated steel slats is not acceptable. Provide screen curtain as specified in Section 08 33 23, 2.3.F. Question No. 152 Please provide contact information for CSX, Amanda DeCesare. Answer: Contact information for CSX, Amanda DeCesare will be shared during construction. Required CSX related information is provided in this Addendum No. 3. CSX will not communicate to potential bidders during bidding period. Question No. 153 Please provide soil analysis for special waste soils to be removed and disposed (required to obtain pricing for disposal) Answer: Refer to Information to Potential Bidders - Subsurface Soil Investigating Report (Task 2-130) dated March 2015. Question No. 154 Asbestos survey included in Asbestos Abatement specification (Section 02 82 13) directs that the contractor is responsible for asbestos containing materials not summarized in the survey – EPA regulation does not allow “visual” identification of suspect asbestos containing material. Under OSHA regulation, the Owner is required to identify, locate and quantify asbestos containing materials – Answer: The Contractor is responsible for abatement of all ACM in the defined work area(s) as shown on the drawings and reflected in the specifications. The Contractor is responsible for abatement of all similar ACM materials not specifically enumerated in the table in the specification. The Commissioner has defined the scope of work and provided the Contractor with available sampling and results or sampling defining the hazards as required by OSHA. Question No. 155 Please provide a full asbestos survey, to include ALL identified asbestos containing materials, including type, location and quantity. Answer: Refer to Information to Potential Bidders - Environmental Hazard Assessment Report (Task 2-140), dated March 2015. Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 156 The specification for Area A: Pump Room states that “All TSI on mechanical, steam, and plumbing piping systems including all runs, fittings, elbows, tanks, risers and headers, etc. must be removed and disposed of as ACM as depicted on the demolition and environmental drawings” Can fiberglass insulation be removed and disposed as asbestos containing material, or does fiberglass need to be removed under abatement conditions (under containment or glove bagged) and disposed of as ACM? Further, this statement could be construed as contradicting previous specification which designates the contractor as responsible for removal of “materials that are not summarized here” (Asbestos Abatement Specification, Section 02 82 13, page 1, Part 1.1, Scope of work, item 3)


Answer: All thermal system insulation (TSI) is inclusive of fiberglass and other TSI. Question No. 157 The specification for Area B: Northwest Rooms states that “All TSI on mechanical, steam, and plumbing piping systems including all runs, fittings, elbows, tanks, risers and headers, etc. must be removed and disposed of as ACM as depicted on the demolition and environmental drawings” Can fiberglass insulation be removed and disposed as asbestos containing material, or does fiberglass need to be removed under abatement conditions (under containment or glove bagged) and disposed of as ACM? Further, this statement could be construed as contradicting previous specification which designates the contractor as responsible for removal of “materials that are not summarized here” (Asbestos Abatement Specification, Section 02 82 13, page 1, Part 1.1, Scope of work, item 3) Answer: All thermal system insulation (TSI) is inclusive of fiberglass and other TSI. Question No. 158 The specification for Area C: Southeast Rooms states that “All TSI on mechanical, steam, and plumbing piping systems including all runs, fittings, elbows, tanks, risers and headers, etc. must be removed and disposed of as ACM as depicted on the demolition and environmental drawings” Can fiberglass insulation be removed and disposed as asbestos containing material, or does fiberglass need to be removed under abatement conditions (under containment or glove bagged) and disposed of as ACM? Further, this statement could be construed as contradicting previous specification which designates the contractor as responsible for removal of “materials that are not summarized here” (Asbestos Abatement Specification, Section 02 82 13, page 1, Part 1.1, Scope of work, item 3) Answer: All thermal system insulation (TSI) is inclusive of fiberglass and other TSI. Question No. 159 The specification for Area D: Boiler Room, Paint Room, Ash Hopper, Stack and Fuel Tanks states that “All TSI on mechanical, steam, and plumbing piping systems including all runs, fittings, elbows, tanks, risers and headers, etc. must be removed and disposed of as ACM as depicted on the demolition and environmental drawings” Can fiberglass insulation be removed and disposed as asbestos containing material, or does fiberglass need to be removed under abatement conditions (under containment or glove bagged) and disposed of as ACM? Further, this statement could be construed as contradicting previous specification which designates the contractor as responsible for removal of “materials that are not summarized here” (Asbestos Abatement Specification, Section 02 82 13, page 1, Part 1.1, Scope of work, item 3) Answer: All thermal system insulation (TSI) is inclusive of fiberglass and other TSI.


Question No. 160 Asbestos Abatement Specification, Section 02 82 13, page 8, item 4 under Area D, scope direction states “Each boiler gas chamber flue (boiler breeching) is insulated ACM. Abate/remove and dispose as ACM as depicted on the demolition and environmental drawings” – Please clarify; Are you directing the contractor to abate the items describe, or to remove and dispose of all of the items (in their entirety) as ACM? The above quoted statement requires clarification due to the “Abate/remove and dispose as ACM” To abate, is to remove the hazard; once abated, the boiler, gas chamber, or flue would no longer require disposal as ACM. The slash mark used in the statement generally implies a choice – Please clarify Answer: The slash mark is not a choice to abate. ACM is required to be abated and disposed of by Specification. Question No. 161 Asbestos Abatement Specification, Section 02 82 13, page 8, item 6 under Area D, scope direction states “The interior gas chamber flue (boiler breeching and chimney stack could potentially be lined with ACM. The boiler gas chamber flue (boiler breeching) and chimney stack were inaccessible at the time of the assessment and sampling. Materials not specified in this specification section or survey reports shall be assumed positive until proper assessment and sampling is conducted.” This statement is in conflict with other statements as listed above – Please clarify – Who is performing additional sampling and testing, how are we to quantify any materials if no access was/is available? Answer: The Contractor should presume the materials as positive for bidding purposes. Upon award and prior to removal/abatement of the system, the contractor must make assessment and sampling through their defined EC and report findings to the Commissioner. If the materials are confirmed ACM (Hazardous), the Contractor already has pricing included in their bid. If the materials are reported as non-ACM (non-Hazardous), pricing will be per Schedule of Prices Bid Item G-4 and the City will be due a credit for the amount of the bid provided by the Contractor for the assumed system. Question No. 162 The specification for Areas E & F: Coal Bunkers states that “All TSI on mechanical, steam, and plumbing piping systems including all runs, fittings, elbows, tanks, risers and headers, etc. must be removed and disposed of as ACM as depicted on the demolition and environmental drawings” Can fiberglass insulation be removed and disposed as asbestos containing material, or does fiberglass need to be removed under abatement conditions (under containment or glove bagged) and disposed of as ACM? Further, this statement could be construed as contradicting previous specification which designates the contractor as responsible for removal of “materials that are not summarized here” (Asbestos Abatement Specification, Section 02 82 13, page 1, Part 1.1, Scope of work, item 3) Answer: All thermal system insulation (TSI) is inclusive of fiberglass and other TSI. Question No. 163 Please provide analysis for identified lead paint listed in Lead-Based Paint – Specification section 02 83 19. Answer:


Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 164 The Pump Room network block diagram on dwg N-3 does not match the from/to on the conduit & cable schedules. Which is correct? Answer: Sheets N-3 and E-56 together describe the interconnections between network components. The intent of Sheet N-3 is to show the functional system. The intent of Sheet E-56 is to identify the preferred physical routing based on equipment layout. Question No. 165 Solenoid valves SV-170, SV-270, SV-370, SV-470 & SV-570 shown on N-8 thru N-12 respectively are not shown on the electrical plan drawings nor shown on the instrumentation schedule shown on N-21. Are these new or existing and where are/will they be physically located on the electrical drawings? Answer: Refer to Section 40 90 50, 1.4.B. These solenoid valves are new and are not on the instrumentation schedule shown on Sheet N-21 because they are not instruments. The general location of these solenoid valves is near its respective pump based on the “Typical Seal Water Diagram” on Sheet M-6 with the exact location to be field coordinated.

Question No. 166 Emergency Stop ES-101, ES-201, ES-301, ES-401 & ES-501 shown on N-8 thru N-12 respectively are not shown on the electrical plan drawings, instrument schedule on N-21 nor is there any conduit/cable assigned to these devices in the conduit & cable schedules. Are these required? Where are they located and what conduit & cable is required for these devices? Answer: Refer to Section 40 90 50, 1.4.B. Emergency stop buttons are not on the instrumentation schedule shown on Sheet N-21 because they are not instruments. Cable and conduit for the E-Stop buttons is shown on Sheet E-53. The E-Stop for each pump is at its respective pump control panel P1CP, P2CP, P3CP, P4CP and P5CP as shown on Sheet E-37. Question No. 167 AIT-901, AIT-902 & AIT-903 shown on N-9 are not shown on the electrical plans drawings or instrument schedule on N-21. What are these? Where are they located and are they new or existing? Answer: Addressed in this Addendum No. 3. Question No. 168 None of the pump and motor temperature and vibration I/O shown on N-8 thru N-12 have any conduit or cable assigned to them in the conduit and cable schedules. What are the conduit & cable requirements for these devices? Answer: Addressed in this Addendum No. 3.


Question No. 169 Please advise normal pump suction pressure at each pump. Are there any special limitations and/or time constraints that will be imposed for replacement of Pumps 1 & 2 suction valves? Answer: The information about pump suction pressure is not available. For limitations and constraints refer to Book 2 INSTRUCTIONS AND EXECUTION DOCUMENTS, Proposal Pages and Section 01 12 16, 1.10.

Question No. 170 Please make Worthington & DeLaval Pump I,O&M Manuals and any service documentation/history available for review prior to bid. Answer: This information is not available during bidding. Question No. 171 Please advise if any non-OEM modifications to the pump have been performed during the service life of the pump. Answer: This information is not available. Question No. 172 Please advise if pump component clearances shall match OEM requirements. If not, please advise standard to reference for refurbishment of pump. Answer: Match pump component clearances per Section 43 21 15. For pump component clearances not specified in Section 43 21 15, match with OEM requirements. Question No. 173 Please advise component weights of each Pump, Turbine, and Gear Reduction. Answer: This information about all existing pump system is not available. Refer to Information to Potential Bidders - Main Pump Info folder for additional information. Question No. 174 Please advise the type of existing coupling between the Gear Reduction and Pump. Answer: The existing coupling is to be demolished. Question No. 175 Please advise if any component disinfection is required to be performed by the contractor relative to pump removal and reinstall. Answer: Refer to Section 33 13 00 for disinfection requirements. Question No. 176 43 21 15-3, 2.1.A – Please advise if companies other than Flowserve and Xylem will be allowed to refurbish the 5 Main Pumps Answer:


Substitutions are addressed in Book 1 – TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION. Question No. 177 43 21 15-5, 3.1.E, H, & J include requirements to report stress and movements of piping when the pump is removed. 3.1.G requires restraint of piping to preclude movement eliminating the ability to measure and document movement and stress required by 3.1.E. We believe restraint should not be a requirement to allow for measurement of piping movement after pump removal. Please confirm restraint requirement detailed by 3.1.G can be omitted. Answer: Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 178 43 21 15-14, 3.6.B indicates that additional pump refurbishments will be paid for under Contract Item G-2A. G2-A is described as ComEd optional facilities charge not specifically included in Contract Item G-1 in the Proposal Pages “Schedule of Prices”. Please confirm this the correct item number. Answer: See Addendum No. 1, Book 3 – Technical Specifications, Item No. 17. Question No. 179 43 21 15-14, 3.7.A – Please advise required type of bearing that shall be utilized as basis of pricing for Contract Item G-10. Answer: As indicated in Section 43 21 15, 3.7.A, bearing shall be thrust bearing. Question No. 180 43 21 15 – Testing requirements do not include any analysis of frequencies of the pump/gear reduction/turbine compared to the revised motor/pump assembly. Please confirm that this pre-modification testing and analysis has or will be performed by other to confirm proper operation of the system. Answer: Perform field services per Section 43 21 15, 3.4.B and testing per Section 43 21 15, 3.4.C. Question No. 181 43 21 60 – Please advise required flow rate of lube oil system and required motor voltage. Answer: Required flow rate will be based on equipment manufacturer to meet the requirements specified in Section 43 21 60, 2.2.A. As specified in Section 43 21 60 and indicated on Sheet E-51 and E-70, 208V, 3PH is available for Main Pump Oil Lubrication package system. Question No. 182 S-64 & S-65 – Demolition notes for Pumps 1 & 3 indicate that pump bearing curb/support shall be demolished. Please clarify extent of demo, i.e. does demolition include concrete supporting pump, or just the bearing support pads? Answer: For the extent of concrete demolition for Pump No. 1, refer to Sheets S-6 and S-7 and Section 2 on Sheet S-64. For the extent of concrete demolition for Pump No. 3, refer to Sheets S-6 and S-10 and Section 2 on Sheet S-65.


Question No. 183 S-81 & S-82 – Note 5 on said drawings indicates that geometry of demolished concrete at the support bases shall be matched. Please advise rebar and anchor requirements for new concrete in these areas. Answer: For rebar and anchor requirements refer to Sheets S-37 and S-39 and respective details on Sheets S-136 through S-142. Question No. 184 IMI respectfully requests time extension to bid date to incorporate responses to these questions in the bid. Thank you Answer: See Addendum No. 2. Question No.185 The drawings call for installation of lean concrete prior to demolition of coal silos – Can coal silos be demolished to elevation +32.5 at south elevation of structure and 43’ 4 ½” at north elevation of structure, prior to installation of lean concrete material? Placing lean concrete material, prior to demolition of silos will require selective demolition of portion of existing concrete cones at all 10 silos – This work will need to be done by hand. Performing the work in the manner subscribed in the drawings is neither practical nor cost effective. Answer: No. The stability of the remaining structure is critical. Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 186 What is the point of leaving portion of concrete cone @ silos? Can the cone be removed in its entirety? Answer: The portion of the concrete cone remaining provides additional stabilization to the remaining structure. The concrete cone is not to be removed in its entirety. Question No. 187 02 82 13-1, 1.1.A.3 – The paragraph concludes stating inclusive of materials that are not summarized here. Please advise if all asbestos in the area shall be abated. Answer: This is not a global abatement Project. Abatement is limited to the areas affected by the Work. Question No. 188 40 05 10-11 - VAC priming is specified to be Flanged Ductile Iron piping. Please confirm this is accurate. Answer: Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 189 40 05 10 – Piping schedule states SCH 50 pipe to be used for 3” and under steel pipe for soil, waste, drain, vent, and storm piping. SCH50 piping does not exist. Please advise if SCH 40 pipe is acceptable for these services. Answer:


See this Addendum No. 3. Question No. 190 40 05 10 – BH is listed for exterior coatings on the sump pump discharge and dewatering pump discharge. The definitions for acronyms in this section does not indicate what BH stands for. Please advise. Answer: See this Addendum 3 Question No. 191 40 05 20-16, 2.12.D – Please clarify if each accumulator system shall provide 200 gallons to each of the 5 valves in the event of a power failure, for a total reserve of 1,000 gallons. Answer: Per Section 40 05 20, 2.12.D, each hydraulic accumulator system shall provide a minimum of 200 gallons of water under pressure total. Question No. 192 40 42 00 – Please clarify the extent of which the pump discharge piping shall be abated and reinsulated. 02 82 13 indicates that a fitting only shall be abated. Answer: This is not a global abatement Project. Abatement is limited to the areas affected by the Work. Question No. 193 Please provide time extension to the current bid date to allow adequate time to get accurate cost proposal together. Answer: See Addendum No. 2. Question No. 194 In the “Construction Work Sequence and Limitations” section of book 3, (section 01 12 16) page 12 under C. 3. c. (first Pump Conversion) directs removal of steam turbine for pump no. 1. On page 16, under E. 2. C. (third pump conversion) direction is to disconnect and remove existing steam turbine for pump no. 1. – Steam turbine for pump 1 has already been disconnected and removed per previous direction – I would assume that the pump 3 conversion is supposed to direct disconnect and removal of pump 3 steam turbine – Please clarify. Answer: See this Addendum No. 3. Question No. 195 Please provide soil analysis for special waste soils to be removed and disposed of (Section 02 61 00) Answer: See answer to Question No. 153. Question No. 196 Asbestos survey included in Asbestos Abatement specification (Section 02 82 13) directs that the contractor is responsible for asbestos containing materials not summarized in the survey – EPA regulation does not allow “visual” identification of suspect asbestos containing material. Under OSHA regulation, the Owner is required to identify, locate and quantify asbestos containing


materials – OSHA 1926.1101 Answer: The Contractor is responsible for abatement of all ACM in the defined work area(s) as shown on the drawings and reflected in the specifications. The Contractor is responsible for abatement of all similar ACM materials not specifically enumerated in the table in the specification. The Commissioner has defined the scope of work and provided the Contractor with available sampling and results or sampling defining the hazards as required by OSHA. Question No. 197 Due to the magnitude, complexity, multiple phases, stages, enormous volume of drawings and specification of this project we would like to request at least a 30 day extension of the bid date from July 14. Answer: See Addendum No. 2. Question No. 198 In Specification Section 400510-10 the piping material schedule for Soil, Waste, Drain, Vent & Storm Piping is listed as “HS” for the joints. “HS” is not in the key. Is this supposed to be “HSC” or “ HSL”? Answer: See piping schedule in Section 22 10 00 for the correct piping material and fitting for sanitary waste, Waste Drain, Vent and Strom piping. Question No. 199 In Specification Section 221000-13 there is a piping material schedule for Above Ground & Below Ground Sanitary Waste, Drain, Vent & Storm Piping. In Specification Section 400510-10 there is also a piping material schedule for the same piping systems. Which one is the correct one to use? Answer: See piping schedule in Section 22 10 00 for the correct piping material and fitting for above Ground and Below Ground Sanitary Waste, Drain, Vent and Storm Piping. Question No. 200 In Specification Section 221000-13 there is a piping material schedule for the Pump Discharge Piping. In Specification Section 400510-10 there is also a piping material schedule for the same piping system. Which one is the correct one to use? Answer: There is no conflict. Pump discharge piping in Section 22 10 00-13 is for pumps related to Division 22- Plumbing. Pump discharge in Section 40 05 10-10 is for piping related to Division 40- Process Integration. Question No. 201 In Specification Section 335616-18 there is a piping material schedule for the Lube Oil Piping. In Specification Section 400510-11 there is also a piping material schedule for the same piping system. Which one is the correct one to use? Answer: There are no discrepancies between two sections.


Question No. 202 The Engineer doesn’t specify Simplex or Duplex Mode on the Redundant PLC IO which could essentially double the IO Cards and associated equipment across 12 PLC Cabinets. Which is required? Answer: The redundant plc I/O is simplex mode. Question No. 203 In Specification Section 404200-4, Item 3.2.A states that we are to insulate the “Plant Water”. Which items are considered “Plant Water” – Seal Water Piping, Process Water Piping, Hydraulic Water Piping, Vacuum Priming Water Piping? Answer: Refer to Section 40 05 10, Interior and Exposed Exterior Piping Schedule for piping systems that require insulation. Question No. 204 In Specification Section 335616-16, 2.7A Fuel Oil Piping & Specialties, it states that we are to use a double wall containment system for the piping. But in 2.11 Fuel/Lube Oil Pipes & Valves, it states that piping above and below ground is to be single wall Sch. 80 piping. Which one is the correct one to use for this project? Answer: There is no conflict. Section 33 56 16, 2.11 specifies material for the fuel carrier pipe. Question No. 205 The way that the retention system at the silos (to be demolished) and the east end, along the tracks has been designed will be very costly – The drawings require a lot of hand demolition and construction work in tight quarters, not to mention the bracing required at the east end of the silos for track retention – There is a better (easier and more cost effective) way to do all of this and get the retention that you are looking for. The GC is supposed to hire a structural engineer to verify that the planned construction does not destabilize the structures – If GC’s engineer signs off on plan revision for demolition/construction/retention procedure for this work, can an alternative method be submitted as base bid – Or should it be listed as a voluntary alternate? Answer: Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 206 We are formally requesting a two week time extension to the bid date for this project. There are many RFI’s that have not been answered and our subcontractors and suppliers can’t get us pricing without the answers. And once we receive the answers they will need time to work up the quotes. Answer: See Addendum No. 2. Question No. 207 Drawing M-6 New Process Water diagram shows a valve tying the two 3” cold water lines together before splitting to two 3” lines that run to backflow preventers. P-21 Section 4 detail does not show this tying valve. Please advise which detail is correct. Please confirm that two backflow preventers only are required in this area, not two for process piping, and two for plumbing. Answer:


M-6 is correct. The 2 Backflow Preventers are shown on both Sheets. See revised Sheets P-21 and P-22 in this Addendum No. 3. Question No. 208 40 05 10-11 schedule indicates that Hydraulic Water piping over 1” shall be galvanized steel. Spec 40 05 20-20 2.12.M.3 indicates type K copper. Similarly, 40 05 20-20, 2.12.M.4 indicates that air piping shall be stainless steel, while schedule indicates galvanized stee. Please advise if 40 05 10 schedule supercedes any discrepancies that may be encountered in the specification. Answer: Hydraulic Water piping over 1" is shown on Sheet M-11 and shall be per Section 40 50 10, Piping Schedule. Hydraulic piping for 1" and less than 1" pipe shall be as indicated on Section 40 50 20, 2.12.M.3. See Addendum No. 3. Piping provided as part of package system provided under Section 40 05 20, 2.12 shall be as specified in Section 40 05 20, 2.12. Question No. 209 Drawing M-36 Note #4 (same note for balance of pumps) indicates to refurbish the valve and hydraulic in accordance with Spec 40 05 20. Said specification includes provisions for testing operation of the valve and reporting. Please confirm that any repairs to the CV’s and associated hydraulic cylinder will be directed at additional cost. Answer: As indicated in note 4 on Sheet M-36, only refurbish valve operator and hydraulic cylinder. Any repairs to the Check Valves (CV’s) excluding hydraulic cylinder shall be per Section 40 05 20, 3.3 and for payment see Addendum No. 1, Book 3 Technical Specifications Item No. 16. Question No. 210 In reference to existing pumps, please advise if pump the pump to turbine coupling has been spaced to transfer pump thrust loads to the gear reduction bull gear. Answer: No. Question No. 211 Please provide time extension to the current bid date to allow adequate time to get accurate cost proposal together. Answer: See Addendum No. 2. Question No. 212 The Louver Schedule on sheet A-12, louver types 1,2,4,5 call for security grills. There is no information in the specifications regarding what is required for these security grills. Please provide more information on the louver security grills. Answer: See Section 05 50 00, 2.10, Security Grilles. Question No. 213 There is an unmarked hatched area on 1 / A-25 between Column lines 10 and 12. The area actually goes past column line 12, but there is no other column line shown to the right of column line 12. Please confirm the scope of work in this area. Answer: This is the existing Machine Shop. See Plan 2 on Sheet A-24.


Question No. 214 On Sheets A-38 & A-72, “provide gypsum over plywood finished wall” is called out at various partitions. What is the required height of the gypsum board and plywood (to the ceiling, to a certain height a.f.f., to the deck/structure above, etc.)? Answer: Both gypsum and plywood are full height. Question No. 215 On Sheets A-38, “metal stud and drywall assembly” is called out at two partitions. No details or further information (for example stud size & gauge, gypsum board type & thickness, in-wall insulation) are found in the drawings regarding this assembly. Please advise. Answer: 4-inch 18 Ga. Studs with 5/8" gypsum, both sides. See this Addendum No. 3. Question No. 216 Detail 4 on Sheet A-4 calls for newly exposed terracotta to be restored. There is no newly exposed terracotta called out on the drawings. Please provide the locations of the terracotta to be restored. Answer: It is assumed this question is related to Detail 4 on Sheet A-6. See answer to Question No. 227. Question No. 217 On Sheet A-24 along column line 7, a single door and a double door are shown to be removed. On sheet A-38, the wall at these removed doors are shown to be filled in, however no detail is given as to the composition of the wall infill/what the existing adjacent walls are composed of. Please advise. Answer: The wall infill in Room 115 shall be PFCMU, see schedule on Sheet A-12. The wall infill in Room 114 is CMU. Question No. 218 On Sheet A-35, an abandoned door opening is called out to be infilled. Please advise on what the existing adjacent wall is composed of (block & brick, concrete, etc.). Answer: The existing adjacent wall is composed of brick. Question No. 219 On Sheet A-44 and at 7/A-79, abandoned openings are called out to be infilled to match adjacent masonry, however no details are givens as to what the existing adjacent wall is composed of. Please advise. Answer: The existing adjacent wall is composed of block Question No. 220 In Spec section 335616-18 it states that the Fuel/Lube Oil Piping Joints are to be - 2” & Smaller – Butt Welded & 2-1/2” & Larger is to be Socket Welded. I believe these are reversed. Please advise.


Answer: Yes; joint 2” and smaller to be socket welded and joints 2” and larger to be butt welded. Question No. 221 On Sheets H-36 & H-37 there are several HHW lines that are either not shown connecting to anything, or don’t show where they continue on other sheets. Please see attached drawings for clarification. Please advise on the questions listed on the drawings. (Question on H-36: Pipe between Column line 9 and 10 and north of line D – still going up/down. Question on H-37: Pipe between Column line 9 and 10 and north of line D – down not shown on +11 plan, where does this go?) Answer: Refer to hydronic piping flow diagram shown on Sheet H-48. Question No. 222 We would really like to quote this job, we feel that our product would be very successful. The problem is that for the motor portion of the spec we are not on there, I believe it is TECO, Siemens, Louis Allis, and Hyundai. Is there any chance I can come in and meet with you tomorrow or next week to discuss the possibility of being added to the spec? Both the low voltage and medium voltage portions Answer: Substitutions are addressed in Book 1 – TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION. Question No. 223 Please clarify if the 21CB and 10CB beams in Area A are to be removed or to remain. Drawing S-18 calls out to remain, but note 9 reads “the bracing members shown on S-46 (including 21CB and 10CB beams and new members) can be removed after the design strength is attained for stage 2 concrete slab at el +33.00”. Drawing S-46 note 1 reads “the bracing members (including 21CB beams, 10CB beams, LL6x4 bracing angles, W8X48 and MC18x58 beams) can be removed after the design strength is attained for stage 2 concrete slab at EL +33.00”. Drawing S-88 calls out the 21CB beam to remain, but refers to note 10 for the 10CB beam which reads “the bracing members shown on S-46 are to be removed after the design strength is attained for stage 2 concrete slab at EL +33.00”. Answer: This question relates to Area "B" and not Area "A". Please follow Note 9 on Sheet S-18 and Note 1 on Sheet S-46. Question No. 224 Please specify if the two 10 CB 21 beams between reference lines 4A and 5 in Area A as shown on drawing S-18 are to be removed after the stage 2 slab is in place or to be reconnected to the wall. Answer: This question relates to Area "B" and not Area "A". The two 10CB21 beams in question are to be removed after stage 2 slab attains design strength. Question No. 225 Specification 260512-3.2-F states that the temporary electric service including monthly ComEd charges are to be included in the project lump sum cost. Please provide ComEd’s consumption charges, rates, etc. Answer:


It is intended that such pricing and scheduling will be coordinated directly between the Contractor and the Utility (ComEd). Question No. 226 What is the height of the wire mesh partition doors in shops B104 and B109-111? Answer: See Sheet A-9. Question No. 227 Detail 4 on sheet A-6 shows newly exposed terracotta restoration. Are there specific location where this is expected? Answer: The intent is to restore Terra Cotta that was covered up by the Machine Shop but will now be exposed to view. The detail should match the adjacent. Question No. 228 Detail 4 on sheet A-6 shows newly exposed terracotta restoration, how will this item be paid (i.e. lump sum, unit price)? If lump sum please provide specific locations where this is to occur or a basis of bid quantity? Answer: This is to be included as Bid Item No. G-1, Lump Sum Project Work. See answer to Question No. 227. Question No. 229 Will the repairs shown on A-93, A-94, and A-95 be paid for in Contract Items G-5 and G-6? Answer: Yes, as described. Question No. 230 Will the repairs shown on A-96 be paid for in Contract Items G-8 and G-9? Answer: Yes, as described. Question No. 231 To provide more competitive pricing, can the AISC Quality Certification for Fabricator for Steel Building Structures (STD) requirement be waived. Answer: No. Question No. 232 To provide more competitive pricing, can the AISC Quality Certification for Certified Steel Erector (CSE) requirement be waived. Answer: No. Question No. 233 Refer to 31 20 00 - Does the 25% of surface area to be removed and replaced 12" deep include the areas of the proposed building footprint in areas C, E And F? If so, is the 25% in addition to the 1,440 cy described on Sht C-10 - Note 3?


Answer: Yes, the Remediation of Subgrade Soils is in addition to the 1,440 CY described on Sheet C-10. Question No. 234 Refer to EDI Report - Task 2-130, Page 1 - 1st finding and recommendation: Is it the contractors responsidbility to determine the quantities of soils to be disposed of at SubTitle D landfill and CCDD disposal site? Answer: Yes. Question No. 235 Section 31 20 00 - 2.1B - Where can Select Borrow be used as fill or backfill? Are the on-site lean clays suitable for use as Select Borrow? Answer: Per Section 31 20 00, 2.1B, Clay or Lean Clay soils are not acceptable. Question No. 236 On drawing S-52 between columns 12 & 13 there are symbols for 8 micropiles under the new concrete wall. These piles do not show any callout for quantity or size. Are these micropiles existing? Answer: On Sheet S-52, there is reference to a blow-up partial plan, 1/S-112. On Plan 1 on Sheet S-112, there is a section cut labeled 1/S-113. The micropiles are called out on the Section 1 on Sheet S-113. Note that revised Sheet S-113 was issued under Addendum No. 1. Question No. 237 Contract Insurance Requirement, Section I.A.2, Commercial General Liability Insurance requires a $25,000,000 per occurrence limit but doesn't provide an aggregate limit. It's an insurance industry standard to place an aggregate limit on insurance policies, an unaggregated insurance policy may not be commercially available. Please confirm a $25,000,000 aggregate limit will apply. Answer: Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 238 Contract Insurance Requirement, Section I.A.2, Subcontractors Commercial General Liability Insurance requires a $2,000,000 per occurrence limit but doesn't provide an aggregate limit. It's an insurance industry standard to place an aggregate limit on insurance policies, an unaggregated insurance policy may not be commercially available. Please confirm a $2,000,000 aggregate limit will apply to the Subcontractor requirements. Answer: Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 239 Contract Insurance Requirement, Section I.A.3, Owner’s and Contractor’s Protective Liability Insurance requires a $2,000,000 per occurrence limit but doesn't provide an aggregate limit. It's an insurance industry standard to place an aggregate limit on insurance policies, an unaggregated insurance policy may not be commercially available. Please confirm a $2,000,000 aggregate limit will apply. Answer:


Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 240 Contract Insurance Requirement, Section I.A.10, Contractors Pollution Liability Insurance requires a $1,000,000 per occurrence limit but doesn't provide an aggregate limit. It's an insurance industry standard to place an aggregate limit on insurance policies, an unaggregated insurance policy may not be commercially available. Please confirm a $1,000,000 aggregate limit will apply. Answer: Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 241 Contractor requests that the 2nd to last paragraph in the Contract Insurance Requirement section is removed and replaced with the following: The Contractor must require all subcontractors to provide the insurance required herein, or Contractor may provide the coverages for subcontractors. All subcontractors are subject to the same insurance requirements of Contractor unless otherwise specified in this Contract. Contractor must that ensure the City is an additional insured on Endorsement CG 2010 of the insurance required from subcontractors. Contractor shall, at his own expense, procure and maintain insurance of the type and in the limits as set forth in the contract. Contractor shall require subcontractors to procure and maintain types and amounts of insurance based on the subcontractor’s scope of work and in accordance with Contractor’s usual business practices. Answer: Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 242 Specification 31200.3.4.P states: "Excavation for utilities and structures may require the removal of boulders and rocks of all sizes, cemented slag, existing abandoned buried structures and utilities, or other obstructions for the construction of new structures and utilities, whether or not said abandoned buried structures and utilities are shown or specified, at no additional cost to the City." Please confirm that the differing site conditions clause stated in Book 1, General Conditions, Part III.C.4. takes precedence. Answer: See Book 1 Part 1 F. Question No. 243 Book 1 V.F (page 22) requires record shop drawings on Mylar or such other medium as directed by the Commissioner. Can transbond material be used instead of Mylars? Answer: Intent is for reproducible document. Question No. 244 The following door numbers shown on the door schedule are not designated in the hardware specification 08 71 00 "hardware schedule" as receiving a hardware set. Please clarify the required hardware sets for these door numbers: #100-2, #B106-1, #B1071, #109-2, #112B-2, #112B-3, #116-1, #201-2, #B110-2, #B115-1, #124-4, #125-1, #208-4 and #224-1. Answer: See this Addendum No. 3 for revised schedule.


Question No. 245 The hardware schedule beginning on page 17 of the specification lists the following door numbers and the corresponding door hardware set, however, the door numbers are not shown on the door schedule on sheet A-9 of the drawings. Please clarify if these door numbers should be added to the door schedule and if so, please provide applicable information on door sizes and types. #117-1, #B106-9, #134-1, #210-2, #B102-3, #B112-1, #109-1 and #125-2. Answer: See this Addendum No. 3 for revised schedule. Question No. 246 Drawing S-45 shows Stairwell D, but there are no structural details for this staircase. Please provide structural drawings. Answer: As indicated in Note 8 on Sheet S-45, framing of Stair Landing at floor level shall be part of stair design. Fabricator’s licensed structural designer to design stair framing and submit to the Commissioner for approval (typical). See architectural Details 1, 2, and 3 on Sheet A-79 for geometry details on Stair D. Question No. 247 Drawing H-36, note 12 makes reference to “ engine manufacturer’s ancillary containment skids”. Where are these skids specified? Who provides them? Answer: The engine manufacturer’s ancillary containment skids are to be provided by the engine manufacturer. They are called out on drawing Sheet E-82. Question No. 248 Who provides the final fuel fill for the permanent generators? Answer: See Section 01 12 16, 1.10.J.8.b. Question No. 249 We respectfully request your consideration on the enclosed proposal for product substitution. Attached is the required product information including product description, specifications, drawings, performance and test data needed for your review. We appreciate your attention to our proposal and hope that you deem us an equal for this and future projects. I am attaching detail 1/A-8 of the basis of design, as I don't see their serrated version online. We are offering a corrugated aluminum insert, in our standard aluminum hinge mat. Answer: Substitutions are addressed in Book 1 – TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION. Question No. 250 Sheet S-86; Current crane girder is shown as an S-20 size. We need to match the existing size for replacement. Can the owner provide more detail such as the weight per foot and/or web and flange dimensions? Answer: The crane girder is S20x75 as shown on Sheet S-86.


Question No. 251 Spec section 40 94 43 – 2.1-B-2 and 2.3-A list the Allen Bradley 1756-PA72 which is not a redundant power supply, but in 2.3.B, it states that all power supplies are to be redundant. Please clarify the correct part number and verify if all PLC supplies are to be redundant Answer: See answer to Question No. 68. Question No. 252 Spec Section 40 94 43 – 2.1-B-10 lists the Ethernet adapter for messaging between PLC’s and I/O chassis but does not mention communications to SCADA. Is it the intent to use one (1) 1756-EN2TR for both PLC to PLC, I/O, and SCADA, or is it the intent to use two (2) modules for this. Please clarify. Answer: Per Section 40 94 43, 2.1.B.10 the adapters are for redundant communication between PLC and I/Os only. Refer to Section 40 94 13 and drawing N5 for PLC and SCADA Communications. Question No. 253 We would appreciate at least a 3 week extension of the bid date. This is a very complex project with a lot of pieces to tie together. Answer: See Addendum No. 2. Question No. 254 Rooms 120 and 134 were not labeled on the Drawing (A-42). Please clarify. Answer: Rooms 120 and 134 do not exist. See this Addendum No. 3. Question No. 255 I was inquiring about getting these manufacturers as approved equals on this particular job for the following specification sections: Air Outlets and Inlets: Section 233700- Price Industries as approved equal for Grilles, Registers, and Diffusers Ductwork Accessories: Section 233300- Greenheck as approved equal for Fire Dampers Answer: Substitutions are addressed in Book 1 – TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION. Question No. 256 Specification section 12 35 00 references 3 stainless steel kitchen cabinet manufactures. Only one of the listed manufactures produces stainless steel cabinets. Are there any other manufactures that are acceptable? Answer: Substitutions are addressed in Book 1 – TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION.


Question No. 257 Amanda DeCesare with CSX, informed us today that all questions related to work around the CSX railroad tracks would be filtered through Eli Petrova with RME. We still have not received a response to any of the questions regarding work on CSX property. Please advise if RME will be responding to contractor's questions prior to bid day. Answer: Required CSX related information is provided in this Addendum No. 3. See answer to Question No. 152. Question No. 258 Can an allowance be added to the bid to cover costs that may be incurred by the contractor form CSX? Including permits, safety training inspections, track closures, flaggers, ect. Answer: No. This is to be included as Bid Item No. G-1, Lump Sum Project Work. Question No. 259 Specification section 40 05 20, paragraph 3.3.H, states additional valve refurbishment will be paid for under contract Item G-2B. Bid item G-2B relates to the CSX Railroad Earth retention. Please advise. Answer: See Addendum No. 1, Technical Specifications Item No. 16. Question No. 260 Door schedule that calls for 3 hour rated glass, door size is too big. 3 hour need be 100 sq inches. Should a smaller window be used in the door or use 90 minute? Answer: See revised Sheet A-9 in this Addendum No. 3. Question No. 261 Please provide mounting detail for all fence that goes on top of concrete wall and on top of building. Answer: For fence at the roof of Area B, please see note 7 and plan 2 on S-46 and details 3 & 4/S-91. The fence in Area E & F will be mounted on the 16" curb shown on 1 & 2/S-129 and 1/S-134 along the North property line. The fence post base detail will be similar to 4/S-91. See Arch drawings for fence elevations. The fence post size and spacing (max 10') will be as required by the fence manufacturer. Question No. 262 Sheet C-40 shows a detail for a chain link slide gate but on sheet C-6 (where the chain link fence is shown) no indication is given that any slide gates are to be installed? Are there any chain link slide gates on this project? Answer: See revised Sheet C-6 in this Addendum No. 3.


Question No. 263 See sheet A-52, there are several areas like this where two levels of fence meet, the way it is drawn seems to indicate a 24’ high continuous fence panel is that correct? Is it acceptable to stop and start the two levels of fence without connecting them vertically? Answer: Yes. No. Question No. 264 Section 31 23 15 – 1.2D – Please provide a definition of Select Fill. Are the on-site lean clays suitable for use as Select Fill? Answer: No. Question No. 265 Section 31 23 15 – 3.4 – Please provide a definition of Common Fill. Are the on-site lean clays suitable for use as Common Fill? Answer: No. Question No. 266 Specification section 01 12 16 1.10.B.5 states the bridge crane may be utilized and will be operated by CDWM staff. Will there be any costs associated with the use of the crane? Answer: See answer to Question No. 26. Question No. 267 Specification section 43 21 15 2.3.A references the new pump motors. Is it the intent that the Main Pump Refurbishers provide the motors as part of their scope of work? Answer: No. Question No. 268 Specification section 43 21 15 2.4.A references the new variable frequency moto controllers. Is it the intent that the Main Pump Refurbishers provide the variable frequency motor controllers as part of their scope of work? Answer: No. Question No. 269 S-129 shows 1,200psi lean concrete fill in the coal bins. This concrete cannot be pumped due to the lack of cement content. Question is: what is the weight per cubic foot of this lean concrete. The material weight schedule only has normal and light weight concrete. If we keep the weight within spec can we increase the strength so it can be pumped? Answer: There is no requirement that the lean concrete is installed by pumping. Bid per Contract Documents.


Question No. 270 Based on 26 18 39 section 2.7.H.6.d, the motor/VFD test is to be performed at a minimum of 60% full speed. Is 60% of full speed the minimum speed the motors will see? If not, please specify. Answer: Motor operation at speeds lower than 60% of full speed is not anticipated. Question No. 271 Spec section 26 33 60 2.2.C for the battery installation calls out for Nema 1 enclosure around the batteries. This is unusual for the City use compared to their other installations. The batteries are in a special ventilated room and having an enclosure around the batteries holds back the gases from properly venting. I recommend an open rack for visibility of liquid levels in cells and ease of maintenance. Answer: Bid per Contract Documents. Question No. 272 Specification paragraph 26 19 00.2.9.C specifies Bearing Vibration Detectors for the MV Motors. There are (4) Motor Vibration (VE) outputs from each MV Motor as shown on the Pump P&ID Drawings N-8 thru N-12, and described in the on the I/O list on drawings N-24 & N-25. Please verify that these (4) outputs are from the Bearing Vibration Detectors. Answer: Verified. Question No. 273 Specification paragraph 40 91 00.2.10 specifies Condition Monitoring System for Shaft Speed and Vibration. There is (1) Motor Shaft Speed (SE) output from each MV Motor shown on the Pump P&ID Drawings N-8 thru N-12, and described in the on the I/O list on drawings N-24 & N-25. Please verify that this (1) output is from the Shaft Speed Detector. Answer: Verified. Question No. 274 Specification paragraph 43 21 15.2.5 refers to “Optical Sensors” meeting the requirements of section 40 91 00. We do not see an “Optical Sensor” described in section 40 91 00. What output on the P&ID drawings is the Optical Sensor providing? Answer: Motor Shaft Speed. See answer to Question No.277. Question No. 275 For the barrier beams spec section 32 32 00 asks for a mechanically operated barrier beam at west entrance along Fillmore Ave, basis of design is TCRB12 by TyMetal. TyMetal informs me that they cannot provide this barrier beam controlled by card readers – “The operator for the crash barrier arms is not UL325 certified. The only exception that UL allows is if the security of the site comes before safety, as in class IV operation in which a guard operates the arm with constant pressure. They cannot use card readers or any other device that is not controlled by a guard with constant pressure to operate the system.” Please advise if this barrier beam should be changed to manual operation or if it can be controlled with constant pressure from a guard?


Answer: The barrier beam has to be operated by card reader as specified in Section 32 32 00. Question No. 276 Can you please confirm that the balance of the barrier beams (1 @ west Fillmore entrance, 1 @ far east Fillmore entrance, and 2 @ Central Park) are all to be manually controlled. Answer: Yes. Question No. 277 Confirm the sensor type to be used for Motor Shaft Speed specified in 40 91 00 2.10 A 2. The 1443 sensors (specified) are used for monitoring vibration only. The 1442 Eddy Current sensor can be used to measure shaft speed. Answer: See Addendum No.3. Question No. 278 Are the allowance items to be included when calculated the MBE/WBE percentages? Allowance items G-2A and G-2B total $5,055,000 and do not offer MBE/WBE participation. Answer: No, not unless the firm being utilized for credit is certified in that area of specialty and can provide the service.

CDWM 1 Addendum No. 3 DWM PROJECT NO.: 13-102 Attachment A SPECIFICATION NO.: 146286

Addendum No. 3 Attachment A

Central Park Pumping Station Electrification Project

DWM PROJECT NO.: 13-102 SPECIFICATION NO.: 146286

Excerpt from CSX’s Public Project Information manual. Full manual is available at following link: https://www.csx.com/index.cfm/library/files/about-us/property/public-project-manual/



Public Project

InformationFor Construction and

Improvement Projects That May Involve the Railroad

Prepared by the Public Projects Group CSX Transportation Inc.

Jacksonville, Florida (last revised April 8, 2015

CSX Corporation PAGE 2 Revised 09-09-2014

CSXT Public Project Policy InformationTable of Contents

Topic Page Revised

Information Covered in this Manual 3 9-09-14CSXT Public Projects Staff and Territory Map 4 4-14-15Additional CSXT Resources and Contacts 5 4-14-15Definitions 6 9-09-14Requirements for Preliminary Engineering Review 8 9-09-14Payment of CSXT’s Cost and Expense 9 9-09-14Insurance Requirements for Public Projects 10 9-09-14Entry onto CSXT Property 12 9-09-14Construction Monitoring Requirements 13 9-09-14Railroad Flagging for Activities On or Near CSXT Property and Tracks 14 9-09-14Highway-Rail Grade Crossing Surface Maintenance and Replacement 16 9-09-14Alterations to Highway-Rail Grade Crossing Warning Devices 17 9-09-14Overhead and Undergrade Bridge Projects 18 9-09-14Parallel Road Construction 19 9-09-14Painting and Cleaning CSXT Bridges to Improve Appearance 20 9-09-14Cleaning and Painting of Bridges over CSXT 21 9-09-14Public Road Crossing Openings and Closures 22 9-09-14Bicycle/Pedestrian Pathways and Multi-Use Trails 24 9-09-14Quiet Zone Proposals 25 9-09-14

Appendix

Standard Preliminary Engineering Agreement 27 05-09-11Standard Construction Agreement 32 10-01-99Temporary Right of Entry Agreement 43 09-09-14ROE and Maintenance Agreement for Painting of CSXT Bridges (Aesthetic) 49 09-09-14Special Provisions for Construction near CSXT Property 62 09-14-07Overhead Bridge Criteria 66 10-01-99Criteria for Ballast Deck Railroad Bridges 72 05-09-11Construction Submission Criteria 78 04-14-15Drainage Criteria 87 09-09-14

Additional information can be obtained by contacting the following:

n American Railway Engineering and Maintenance of Way Association,(301) 459-3200, or www.arema.org

n U.S. Department of Transportation, Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, http://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/

https://www.arema.org

http://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov


Information Covered in This ManualThis information is intended to assist communities and other project sponsors to plan and implement construction and improvement projects that may involve the CSXT rail property. Examples of such projects include:

n Highway-Rail Grade Crossings: Closure, removal, installation and alterations of public highway-rail grade crossings. CSX’s Property Services department manages private crossings.

n Bridges Over CSXT: Construction, reconstruction, rehabilitation, repair, removal, and maintenance of bridges over the railroad by outside parties.

n Bridges Carrying CSXT: Construction, reconstruction, rehabilitation, repair, removal, and maintenance of bridges carrying CSXT over highways and other public properties initiated by outside parties.

n Parallel Roads/Facilities: Construction, reconstruction, modification, removal, and maintenance of parallel roads or other public facilities affecting CSXT property or operations.

n U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Projects: Any project undertaken by the Corps of Engineers that involves CSXT property or operations.

n Entry Onto CSXT Property: Temporary rights of entry onto CSXT property, easements, utility installation and bridge inspections.

n Other Projects Involving CSXT Rail Corridors: Publicly sponsored projects involving or altering CSXT facilities or its property. These projects may be on, above, adjacent to, or otherwise have the potential to impact CSXT property.

Important notes:

The information herein is intended to be a tool only and all statements in this manual are intended to be for broad use. This manual cannot be taken as authority to construct. Specific projects will be subject to analysis of all factors leading to formal agreements between all parties. The purpose of review by CSXT is solely to ensure compliance with the minimum standards of CSXT, and not for any other purpose.

The guidelines and requirements herein are provided for reference only and are subject to revision without notice. All new projects shall be designed in accordance with the most current policies, requirements, and standards of CSXT.

Any items affecting railroad property not covered in this manual shall be subject to CSXT’s prior review and approval.

The safety of CSXT employees and the general public is of paramount importance to CSXT.


Requirements for Preliminary Engineering Review

Key Pointsn Starting CSXT Preliminary Engineering (PE) early by providing conceptual plans lowers project costs and shortens the time required for CSXT review and approvaln Using standard agreements lowers costs and saves timen If the proposal requires an easement on CSXT property, the project sponsor should contact CSXT Real Property when beginning PE.n If the proposal requires a utility encroachment, the project sponsor should contact CSXT Property Services when beginning PE.n PE typically costs $8,000 to $25,000n CSXT PE Review will not begin until the PE Agreement is fully executed and PE funds are received.

OverviewAny project proposals that may affect or be near the CSXT right-of-way must be evaluated by CSXT. To initiate a construction or improvement project, a PE agreement is required to identify the project sponsor, the scope, define the tasks to be accomplished, and specify the payment required. Once the plans for the project are approved by CSXT, a construction agreement will be developed.

PurposeThe purpose of the PE is to identify issues related to safety, engineering, customer service, operations, legal and regulatory matters, expense, risk and other considerations specific to any proposed project. CSXT review of plans is only to determine that the plans, and improvements constructed in accordance with the plans, satisfy CSXT’s requirements. Plans should be submitted early in project development to ensure that CSXT requirements can be incorporated.

Process Steps To Be Takenn Notify CSXT Public Projects Group of the project by providing location information and conceptual plans.n Provide CSXT authorization to incur preliminary engineering costs.n Review and complete a standard PE agreement and provide payment for expenses as specified in the agreement.n Provide project information; attend meetings (as needed), review site with CSXT or GEC personnel.n Submit initial plans to CSXT or designated GEC for review. n Respond to CSXT or designated GEC comments and adjust design if necessary.n Submit final design for CSXT or designated GEC review.n CSXT will perform final review to ensure compliance with railroad requirements.n CSXT will estimate the cost of the work to be done by CSXT, including flagging.n If CSXT takes no exceptions to the design plans (or once all CSXT concerns have been addressed), CSXT will prepare a standard construction agreement for execution.

Costs and Expenses These matters are covered in more detail in the section that follows (“Payment of CSXT’s Costs and Expenses”). For the reasons described in that section, CSXT requires advance payment for its costs and expenses of reviewing and handling the PE. All expenses of the party seeking the review will be borne by that party, including expenses for CSXT employees or GEC personnel attending meetings, reviewing plans, preparing correspondence and other activities to support the review of the project.

TimingIt is in the interest of all parties to complete the PE review before commitments are made or construction steps begin. CSXT will work to be responsive, with timing depending upon the complexity of the project. CSXT and its GEC will work with the project sponsor to schedule PE and construction to meet project schedule objectives whenever possible, considering available resources.

Standard DocumentsCSXT executes hundreds of agreements each year for preliminary engineering and construction of projects. CSXT has developed standard agreements which can be executed by CSXT without additional legal review. Non-standard agreements or modifications to the CSXT standard agreement terms will require additional legal review and may increase project duration and/or cost. Sample standard agreement documents are available in the Appendix.


Payment of CSXT’s Costs and Expenses

Key Points and Proceduresn Preliminary Engineering (PE) costs are paid in advance.n CSXT construction expenses will be estimated during PE and the estimate will be incorporated into the construction agreement. Advance payment is required to cover these expenses prior to the start of project construction. n If CSXT anticipates that actual expenses will exceed the advance payment, additional payment will be required. Project work may be stopped until additional payment is received.n If CSXT’s actual expenses are less than the sum of any deposits the difference will be refunded after final cost accounting.n All funding sources must be identified up front, and any time funding sources change, CSXT must be immediately informed.

Overview The types of projects being addressed in this manual usually do not directly benefit and, in some cases, create risk to, and hurdles for, CSXT’s core business of providing transportation service vital to its customers and the American economy. For these reasons, CSXT seeks payment for its costs and expenses incurred in connection with project review or construction.

Examples of Costs and ExpensesAgency shall reimburse CSXT for all costs and expenses incurred by CSXT in connection with the Project, including, without limitation:

n All out of pocket expensesn Travel and lodging expensesn Telephone, facsimile, and mailing expensesn Costs for equipment, tools, materials and suppliesn Sums paid to CSXT’s consultants and subcontractorsn CSXT labor in connection with the Project (included but not limited to flagging), together with CSXT labor overhead percentages established by CSXT pursuant to applicable lawn For estimating purposes only, typical flagging costs are $1,300 per day.


Insurance Requirements for Public Projects I. Insurance Policies: Agency and Contractor, if and to the extent that either is performing work on or about CSXT’s property, shall procure and maintain the following insurance policies:

1. Commercial General Liability (CGL) coverage at their sole cost and expense with limits of not less than $5,000,000 in combined single limits for bodily injury and/or property damage per occurrence, and such policies shall name CSXT as an additional insured.

2. Statutory Worker’s Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance with limits of not less than $1,000,000, which insurance must contain a waiver of subrogation against CSXT and its affiliates [if permitted by state law].

3. Commercial Automobile Liability insurance with limits of not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and/or property damage per occurrence, and such policies shall name CSXT as an additional insured.

4. Railroad Protective Liability (RPL) insurance with limits of not less than $5,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and/or property damage per occurrence and an aggregate annual limit of $10,000,000, which insurance shall satisfy the following additional requirements:

a. The Railroad Protective Liability Insurance Policy must be on the ISO/RIMA Form of Railroad Protective Insurance - Insurance Services Office (ISO) Form CG 00 35.

b. CSX Transportation must be the named insured on the Railroad Protective Liability Insurance Policy. The named insured’s address should be listed as:

CSX Transportation, Inc. 500 Water Street, C-907 Jacksonville, FL 32202

c. The name and address of the Contractor and of the Project Sponsor/Involved Governmental Agency must be shown on the Declarations page.

d. A description of operations and location must appear on the Declarations page and must match the Project description.

e. Terrorism Risk Insurance Act (TRIA) coverage must be included.

f. Authorized endorsements must include:

(i). Pollution Exclusion Amendment - CG 28 31, unless using form CG 00 35 version 96 and later

g. Authorized endorsements may include:

(i). Broad Form Nuclear Exclusion - IL 00 21

(ii). Notice of Non-renewal or cancellation

(iii). Required State Cancellation Endorsement

(iv). Quick Reference or Index - CL/IL 240


h. Authorized endorsements may not include:

(i). A Pollution Exclusion Endorsement except CG 28 31

(ii). An Endorsement that excludes TRIA coverage

(iii). An Endorsement that limits or excludes Professional Liability coverage

(iv). A Non-Cumulation of Liability or Pyramiding of Limits Endorsement

(v). A Known Injury Endorsement

(vi). A Sole Agent Endorsement

(vii). A Punitive or Exemplary Damages Exclusion

(viii). A “Common Policy Conditions” Endorsement

(ix). Policies that contain any type of deductible

(x). Any endorsement that is not named in Section 4 (f) or (g) above that CSXT deems unacceptable

5. All insurance companies must be A. M. Best rated A- and Class VII or better

6. Such additional or different insurance as CSXT may require

II. Additional Terms

1. Contractor must submit the complete Railroad Protective Liability policy, Certificates of Insurance and all notices and correspondence regarding the insurance policies in an electronic format to:

[email protected]

Neither Agency nor Contractor may begin work on or about CSXT property until written approval of the required insurance has been received from CSXT or CSXT’s Insurance Compliance vendor, Ebix.


Entry onto CSXT Property

Key Points Written permission is required for all parties entering CSXT property.

n Construction Agreements authorize entry onto CSXT property.n Temporary right-of-entry agreements can also be used for limited purposes. n CSXT Property Services handles temporary rights of entry for non-construction activities. n CSXT Public Projects handles temporary rights of entry for construction activities.n All parties must adhere to CSXT Safety procedures. n Appropriate insurance is required.

OverviewTo maintain efficient customer service and to ensure the safety of CSX employees and of those parties requesting access to CSXT property, CSXT requires all parties accessing its right-of-way for investigative activities or for the performance of construction work to have a written agreement with CSXT fully detailing each party’s responsibilities. Activities by others with the potential to affect CSXT’s property, operations, and or personnel without actually entering CSXT property must also be reviewed with CSXT and appropriate arrangements and agreements completed.

The process by which an appropriate agreement covering entry and/or the other necessary conditions or requirements can be developed and implemented is typically dependent upon the scope of the activities proposed by an outside party or agency. Although the type of agreement may vary, most agreements include insurance and liability provisions, work procedures and conditions and reimbursement provisions relating to payment to CSXT for costs it may incur in relation to the entry or work. The following summarizes the various types of CSXT agreements and contracts most frequently utilized to accommodate the requested entry and the proposed work activities.

Entry for Construction Work via CSXT Public ProjectsEntry for construction work (not exclusively associated with utility work) will require a Construction Agreement or a Temporary Right-of-Entry Agreement, as determined by the magnitude of potential impacts to CSXT.

A Construction Agreement will be required for construction work that could impact CSXT facilities or operation, such as construction or rehabilitation of a bridge over CSXT, roadway construction or other highway improvements, or grading and/or drainage work.

Construction work that will not impact CSXT facilities or operation may be handled by a Temporary Right-of-Entry Agreement, as determined by CSXT Public Projects.

Entry for Non-Construction Work via CSXT Property ServicesA Temporary Right-of-Entry agreement is utilized by CSXT primarily in situations where outside parties or agencies desire to undertake investigative work such as performing survey work, taking borings, performing bridge inspections or undertaking other activities requiring only access to CSXT property and not construction work activities. Different agreements are used for temporary private crossings.

Applications for Temporary Right-of-Entry agreements for investigative and non-construction work activities (including movement of off-highway or oversized loads at grade crossings) within CSXT’s right-of-way can be obtained by contacting CSXT Property Services department online at www.csx.com. Click on “Community – Property and Projects,” and then click on “Learn more” under “Utility installations and Rights of Entry.”

Entry For Other Purposes via CSXT Property ServicesCSXT may use other forms of agreements covering entry by outside parties or agencies depending on work scope or other factors. The process to obtain right of entry for these purposes as listed below may also be initiated through CSXT’s Property Services department. Information also is available by visiting www.csx.com

n Environmental Right-of-Entryn Utility Permit/License Agreement for pipeline and wire line construction – both for specifications and applications n Land Lease applications n Movement of oversized loads across CSXT tracks at private or public highway-rail grade crossings n Movement of off highway construction equipment across CSXT tracks at private or public highway-rail grade crossings


Railroad Flagging for Activities On or Near CSXT Property and Tracks

Key Points n Flagging services are required when projects are within close proximity to active rail lines, as required by federal law.n Flagging services can only be performed by qualified CSXT personnel.n Arrangements for flagging services may take up to 90 days to schedule a qualified employee.

OverviewIn the interest of public safety and the safety of employees and property, CSXT will work cooperatively with agencies, consultants, contractors and others who need to access railroad property when work brings them in close proximity to active railroad tracks to determine the appropriate flagging services needed and to make arrangements for those services.

Conditions When CSXT Flagging Services Are Required:n When any entity is working on, near or adjacent to active railroad tracks. n When an outside party is using railroad property or performing operations that may affect railroad property or facilities. This includes occasions when a party has been given express permission from CSXT to enter railroad property or perform such operations under the terms of a Construction agreement, Temporary Right-of-Entry agreement or other appropriate documentation.n When work off railroad property has the potential to impact CSXT property or operations.n When off-highway construction equipment is crossing the railroad at a private or public crossing.n When oversized equipment or highway vehicles are to cross the railroad at a private or public crossing.n In other instances as determined by CSXT.

Qualified Flagging Personnel CSXT flagging services may only be performed by qualified CSXT employees who are trained in the proper procedures related to rail operations and safety requirements, familiar with rail operations and procedures in a project area and able to communicate directly with CSXT dispatching personnel and train crews. Arrangements for CSXT Flagging Services

n CSXT will make arrangements for flagging services related to planned work by an outside party under the terms of a temporary right-of-entry agreement, construction agreement, environmental license agreement or other mutually acceptable arrangements. n Advance notice must be provided to secure CSXT flagging services. The level of advance notice may vary from site to site or project to project or if CSXT determines, under the provisions of its labor agreements with its union forces, that flagging services can only be provided as a result of the flagging position being bid and awarded to qualified CSXT personnel.

Responsibility for Costs and Expensesn All costs and expenses associated with CSXT flagging services are the sole responsibility of the agency, consultant or contractor. n CSXT will provide its estimated costs prior to the start of the project work or its assignment of flagging personnel. n Once flagging personnel are formally assigned by CSXT to a specific work location, the period of assignment can only be changed with appropriate advanced arrangements. n Charges for providing flagging services beyond a normal eight-hour weekday are calculated and billed at an overtime rate.n For initial planning purposes, typical flagging cost is $1,300 per day.


Examples of Flagging Costs and Expenses

Charges billed by CSXT to the agency, consultant or contractor may include, but are not limited to: n Employee Salary

n Hourly employee charges are based on the time an employee departs and returns to his or her headquarters location. As such, the charges can be expected to exceed the level actually incurred during the assigned coverage period or while the flagman is present at the specific work location.

n This period also includes the time required for flagging personnel to perform the required preparations and termination procedures associated with flagging services at a location.

n Overhead Costsn These charges are assessed against the hourly employee charges and determined in accordance with

standard accounting procedures or as mandated by State and/or Federal regulations.n Employee Expenses or Per Diem Rate

n This amount is calculated based on an employee’s actual expenses or on a per diem rate according to the terms of applicable collective bargaining agreements between CSXT and its assigned union flagging employees.

n The amount includes travel and lodging expenses and the cost for a leased, rented, CSXT, or personal vehicle to be used for transportation.

n Administrative, Accounting, and Billing Services n This amount is related to the time associated with setting up the agreement, arranging for and

supervising the employee, billing and collection of costs, and other expenses associated with CSXT providing flagging services.

CDWMCPPS 08 71 00-1 Door Hardware

SECTION 08 71 00

DOOR HARDWARE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Commercial door hardware for the following:

a. Swinging doors.

b. Other doors to the extent indicated.

2. Cylinders for doors specified in other Sections.

B. Related Work Specified in Other Sections Includes, But is Not Limited to, the

Following:

1. Section 01 79 00 - Training

2. Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications

3. Section 08 11 13 - Steel Doors and Frames

1.2 REFERENCES

A. Codes and standards referred to in this Section are:

1. BHMA A156.1 - Butts and Hinges

2. BHMA A156.2 - Bored and Preassembled Locks and Latches

3. BHMA A156.4 - Door Controls and Closers

4. NFPA80 - Fire Doors and Windows

5. NFPA101 - Life Safety Code

6. UL10B - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies

7. UL305 - Panic Hardware

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Hardware Sets: "Hardware Sets" described in the Hardware Schedule in this Section

are as shown in the Door Schedule.


B. Fire-Rated Opening: Fire-rated doors, frames and hardware that conform to all

applicable requirements of a governing authority and bear the inspecting authority's

identification label.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Provide all submittals, including the following, as specified in Division 1.

B. Product Data: Include construction and installation details, material descriptions,

dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes.

C. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by

manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for locks and closers.

D. Maintenance Data: For each type of door hardware to include in maintenance

manuals. Include final hardware and keying schedule.

E. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.

F. Other Action Submittals:

1. Door Hardware Sets: Prepared by or under the supervision of Architectural

Hardware Consultant, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware,

as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final door hardware sets

with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand,

function, and finish of door hardware.

a. Format: Use same scheduling sequence and format and use same door

numbers as in the Contract Documents.

b. Content: Include the following information:

(1) Identification number, location, hand, fire rating, and material of

each door and frame.

(2) Type, style, function, size, quantity, and finish of each door

hardware item.

(3) Complete designations of every item required for each door or

opening including name and manufacturer.

(4) Fastenings and other pertinent information.

(5) Location of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to

Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule.


(6) Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in

schedule.

(7) Mounting locations for door hardware.

(8) Door and frame sizes and materials.

c. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final door hardware sets at earliest

possible date, particularly where approval of the door hardware sets

must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in Project

construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings

of other work affected by door hardware, and other information

essential to the coordinated review of the door hardware sets.

2. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Architectural

Hardware Consultant, detailing City's final keying instructions for locks.

Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to unique door

designations.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Substantial documented experience required for company

specializing in performing the Work of this Section.

B. Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is currently certified by DHI as

an Architectural Hardware Consultant and who is experienced in providing

consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material,

design, and extent to that indicated for this Project.

C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware from a single

manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed

and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having

jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252.

E. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with

requirements in Section 01 31 00.

1.6 SPARE PARTS

A. Not Used

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. General: Deliver, store and handle hardware as specified in Division 1 and as

follows:


B. Identification: Have the hardware supplier package and label each item of hardware

separately. Tag each item in accordance with the approved final hardware schedule.

Have each package contain the appropriate fastenings, instructions and installation

templates.

C. Schedule: Furnish a complete hardware supplier's schedule when the hardware is

delivered. Direct supplier to deliver applicable items of hardware to door fabricators

for factory installation.

D. Storage: When received, properly store the hardware in a safe place.

E. Keys: Deliver the keys to the Commissioner, tagged and plainly marked on the face

of the envelope with the key change number, door designation and all other required

identifying information.

1.8 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate all Work involving manufacture or fabrication of internal reinforcement

for door hardware.

B. Templates: Distribute door hardware templates for doors, frames, and other work

specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check Shop Drawings

of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and

installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements.

1.9 WARRANTY

A. Provide one (1) year warranty or manufacturer’s standard warranty, whichever is

longer. Warranty period will begin as defined in Specifications Book 1 – Terms and

Conditions for Construction.

1.10 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS

A. Provide the following maintenance materials:

1. Provide special wrenches, tools and accessories applicable to each different

or special hardware component.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Acceptable manufacturers are listed below. Other manufacturers of equivalent

products may be submitted.


2.2 MATERIALS

A. General: Provide hardware needed for the Work as shown, meeting or exceeding

the following standards of quality.

2.3 HINGES, GENERAL

A. Quantity: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches

2. Four Hinges: For doors with heights 91 to 120 inches

B. Template Requirements: Provide only template-produced units.

C. Hinge Weight: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following:

1. Entrance Doors: Heavy-weight hinges.

2. Doors with Closers: Antifriction-bearing hinges.

3. Interior Doors: Heavy-weight hinges.

D. Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following:

1. Exterior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin.

2. Interior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin.

3. Hinges for Fire-Rated Assemblies: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin.

E. Hinge Options: Where indicated in door hardware sets or on Drawings:

1. Nonremovable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened

into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while door is closed; for

outswinging exterior doors and outswinging corridor doors with locks.

F. Fasteners: Comply with the following:

1. Machine Screws: For metal doors and frames. Install into drilled and tapped

holes.

2.4 HINGES

A. Butts and Hinges: BHMA A156.1

B. Template Hinge Dimensions: BHMA A156.7.

C. Available Manufacturers:

1. Bommer Industries, Inc. (BI).


2. Hager Companies (HAG).

3. McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company (MCK).

2.5 LOCKS AND LATCHES, GENERAL

A. Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of

the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf

B. Latches and Locks for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Provide

Latches that require no more than 15 lbf to release the latch. Locks must not require

use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation.

C. Lock Trim:

1. Levers: Cast.

a. Best – 3H

b. Schlage – 03A

c. Dorma – LTA

d. Sargent – LNJ

D. Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for

labeled fire doors, and as follows:

1. Mortise Locks: Minimum 3/4-inch latchbolt throw.

E. Backset: 2-3/4 inches, unless otherwise indicated.

F. Strikes: Manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latchbolt or lock

bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set,

and as follows:

1. Strikes for Mortise Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.13.

2. Aluminum-Frame Strike Box: Manufacturer's special strike box fabricated

for aluminum framing

2.6 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES

A. Lock Functions: Function numbers and descriptions indicated in door hardware sets

comply with the following:

1. Mortise Locks: BHMA A156.13.

B. Mortise Locks: Stamped steel case with steel or brass parts;

BHMA A156.13, Grade 1; Series 1000



1. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company

(SGT).

2. Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (SCH).

3. Dorma Americas (DA).

4. Best Access Systems (BES).

2.7 EXIT DEVICES

A. Exit Devices: BHMA A156.3, Grade 1

B. Exit Devices for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Provide exit

devices that require no more than 15 lbf to release the latch and locks that do not

require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation.

C. Fire Exit Devices: Devices complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by

a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire

and panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305 and NFPA 252.

1. Outside Trim: Lever with cylinder; material and finish to match locksets,

unless otherwise indicated.

a. Match design for locksets and latchsets, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Available Manufacturers:

1. Precision Hardware Inc.

2. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company

(SGT).

3. Schlage Commercial Lock Division; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (SCH).

4. Dorma Americas (DA).

2.8 LOCK CYLINDERS

A. Standard Lock Cylinders: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1

1. The Chicago Department of Water Management will prepare and provide

cores and keys to the Contractor.


a. Manufacturer: Best COREMAX 6 Pin SFIC Small Format

Interchangeable Cores.

2. Install cores, test and adjust the operation of the locks doors, and provide the

key back to the Commissioner identifying which doors each key will open.

Provide final updated drawings and schedule showing doors and door

numbers.

3. Furnish temporary cores for the construction period, and remove when

directed.

4. If arranged by the Commissioner, attend a workshop with DWM staff to

review the drawings and schedule to finalize the lock plan.

2.9 KEYING

A. Key System:

1. Comply with Commissioner's instructions for master keying and, except as

otherwise indicated, provide individual change key for each lock that is not

designated to be keyed alike. Permanently inscribe each key with the number

of the lock that identifies the cylinder manufacturer's key symbol, and notate

each key "DO NOT DUPLICATE."

B. Quantities: Furnish 3 change keys for each lock, 5 master keys for each master

system, and 5 grandmaster keys for each grandmaster system.

1. Furnish one extra blank for each lock.

2. Deliver keys to the Commissioner.

C. Key Numbering: Provide keys stamped with factory key numbers.

D. Provide keys of nickel silver only.

2.10 OPERATING TRIM

A. Standard: BHMA A156.6

B. Materials: Fabricate from stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated.


1. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated (BM).


3. Hiawatha, Inc. (HI).


4. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (IVS).

2.11 CLOSERS

A. Comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements:

1. Interior, Non-Fire-Rated Hinged Doors: 5 lbf applied perpendicular to door.

2. Fire Doors: Minimum opening force allowable by authorities having

jurisdiction.

B. Door Closers for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Provide door

closers that require no more than 30 lbf to set door in motion and not more than 15

lbf to open door to minimum required width.

C. Size of Units: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's written

recommendations for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to

weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory-sized closers, adjustable

to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force.

D. Surface Closers: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1 Provide type of arm required for closer

to be located on non-public side of door, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Available Manufacturers:

a. LCN Closers; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (LCN).

b. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group

company (SGT).

c. Dorma Americas (DA).

2.12 STOPS AND HOLDERS

A. Stops and Bumpers: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1

1. Provide wall stops for doors unless other type stops are scheduled or

indicated.

2. Where floor or wall stops are not appropriate, provide overhead stops or

holders.

B. Combination Overhead, Floor and Wall Stops and Holders:

BHMA A156.8, Grade 1

C. Silencers for Metal Door Frames: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1; neoprene or rubber,

minimum diameter 1/2 inch; fabricated for drilled-in application to frame.



a. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc. (ABH).

b. Glynn-Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (GJ).

c. Hiawatha, Inc. (HI).

d. IVES Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (IVS).

e. Dorma Americas (DA).

f. Rixson; ASSA ABLOY Group Company (RIX).

2.13 ELECTROMAGNETIC HOLDERS

A. General: Provide UL listed electromagnetic holders at gates indicated on the

drawings, consisting of a wall mounted heavy-duty electromagnet, a self-adjusting

and pivoting armature, and all necessary mounting hardware.

1. Voltage: Field selectable to operate on 12 VDC, 24 VAC/VDC, or 120 VAC

input voltage.

2. Holding Force: 30-45 lbs. allow manual door closure when electromagnet is

energized.

3. Operation: Fail-Safe. Electromagnet releases instantly upon power loss.

4. Material: Heavy-duty die cast metal housings & faceplates. (2806 & 2810 -

Stainless steel faceplates)

5. Subject to compliance with the requirements, products that may be

incorporated into the work include, but are not limited to the following:

a. Dyna-lock Corporation Series 2800 Surface Mounted electromagnetic

holder Ref 2805.

2.14 DOOR GASKETING


B. General: Provide continuous weather-strip gasketing on exterior doors and provide

smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated or scheduled.

Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated.


1. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door

and frame.

2. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors

are closed.

3. Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when

door is closed.

C. Air Leakage: Not to exceed 0.50 cfm per foot of crack length for gasketing other

than for smoke control, as tested according to ASTM E 283.

D. Smoke-Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed

and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having

jurisdiction, for smoke-control ratings indicated, based on testing according to

UL 1784.

1. Provide smoke-labeled gasketing on 20-minute-rated doors and on smoke-

labeled doors.

E. Fire-Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and

labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having

jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252

1. Test Pressure after 5 minutes into the test, neutral pressure level in furnace

will be established at 40 inches or less above the sill.

F. Sound-Rated Gasketing: Assemblies that are listed and labeled by a testing and

inspecting agency, for sound ratings indicated, based on testing according to

ASTM E 1408.

G. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal

strips are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by

manufacturer.

H. Gasketing Materials: ASTM D 2000 and AAMA 701/702.


a. Hager Companies (HAG).

b. Pemko Manufacturing Co. (PEM).

c. Zero International (ZRO).

d. K.N. Crowder (KNC).


2.15 THRESHOLDS


B. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than 1:2.

C. Thresholds for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Maximum 1/2

inch high.

D. Available Manufacturers:


2. Pemko Manufacturing Co. (PEM).

3. Zero International (ZRO).

4. K.N. Crowder (KNC).

2.16 FABRICATION

A. Manufacturer's Nameplate: Do not provide products that have manufacturer's name

or trade name displayed in a visible location except in conjunction with required

fire-rated labels and as otherwise approved by Commissioner.

1. Manufacturer's identification is permitted on rim of lock cylinders only.

B. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal, fabricated by forming

method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper,

and hardness. Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified

door hardware units and BHMA A156.18. Do not furnish manufacturer's standard

materials or forming methods if different from specified standard.

C. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates

generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws

according to commercially recognized industry standards for application intended,

except aluminum fasteners are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with

finished heads to match surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Concealed Fasteners: For door hardware units that are exposed when door is

closed, except for units already specified with concealed fasteners. Do not

use through bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is

exposed unless it is the only means of securely attaching the door hardware.

Where through bolts are used on hollow door and frame construction, provide

sleeves for each through bolt.

2. Steel Machine: For the following fire-rated applications:

a. Mortise hinges to doors.

b. Strike plates to frames.


c. Closers to doors and frames.

3. Steel Through Bolts: For the following fire-rated applications unless door

blocking is provided:

a. Surface hinges to doors.

b. Closers to doors and frames.

c. Surface-mounted exit devices.

4. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow-metal doors.

2.17 FINISHES

A. Standard: BHMA A156.18, as indicated in door hardware sets.

B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a

strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.

C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent

pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples.

Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance

of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples

and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements

for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor

construction, and other conditions affecting performance.

B. Examine roughing-in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of

wiring connections before electrified door hardware installation.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Steel Doors and Frames: Comply with DHI A115 Series.

1. Surface-Applied Door Hardware: Drill and tap doors and frames according

to ANSI A250.6.


3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated as follows unless

otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations.

1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for

Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames."

B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces

that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage,

and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in

Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been

completed on substrates involved.

C. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment

substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation.

1. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage

fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards.

3.4 ADJUSTING

A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each

door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot

be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for

final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced

accessibility requirements.

1. Door Closers: Unless otherwise required by authorities having jurisdiction,

adjust sweep period so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will

take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured

to the leading edge of the door.

B. Occupancy Adjustment: Approximately six months after date of Substantial

Completion, Installer's Architectural Hardware Consultant will examine and

readjust, including adjusting operating forces, each item of door hardware as

necessary to ensure function of doors, door hardware, and electrified door hardware.

3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation.

B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish.

C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that door hardware is

without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.


3.6 DEMONSTRATION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train maintenance personnel

to adjust, operate, and maintain door hardware and door hardware finishes.

B. See additional requirements in Section 01 79 00 – Training.

3.7 DOOR HARDWARE SETS

A. Furnish products as listed in the following hardware sets:

B. Manufacturers, finish and their abbreviations used in the schedule:

BOM Bommer Industries, Inc.

DOR Dorma Americas.

DYN Dynalock Corporation.

HIA Hiawatha, Inc.

PEM Pemko Manufacturing Co.

LUN Lund Equipment Co., Inc.

600 Primed Coat

626 Brass/Satin Chrome

628 Anodized Aluminum

630 Satin Stainless Steel

652 Steel/Satin Chrome

689 Aluminum

Blu-Wht Blue & White

Gry Gray

Wht White

AMS All Machine Screws

AWS All Wood Screws

MS Machine Screws

MS/ES Machine Screws/Expansion Shields

WS Wood Screws

SMS Sheet Metal Screws

SNB Sex Nuts & Bolts

SSMS/ES25 ¼” – 20 Stainless Steel Machine Screws/Expansion Shields

STK Strike Plate

STMS Strike Template Machine Screws

T Temporary Construction Core

T.B. Toggle Bolt

.050 16 Gauge


3.8 SCHEDULE

A. General: Provide hardware for each door in accordance with the Hardware

Schedule. In the event of a discrepancy between the hardware items and the

Hardware Schedule, the Hardware Schedule governs.

1. Coordinate ComEd core requirements with ComEd.

B. Listing: The items of hardware listed in the following schedule are as required for

each door or each pair of doors as indicated. Where the symbol "NF" is used after

a lockset number, provide a case with nonferrous parts.

C. Completeness of Schedule: Do not construe the schedule of hardware included to

be complete. Provide hardware for all doors unless otherwise specified. Provide

hardware for doors not scheduled similar in type and quality to that provided for

scheduled doors that are to be used for similar purposes.

D. Intent of Schedule: Provide hardware of the type, materials, strength, design,

quality, weight, mechanical construction and operation of hardware as described by

the catalog numbers specified, or equal.

E. The numbers and descriptions shown in the following Hardware Schedule refer to

the following manufacturers:

1. Hinges: Lawrence Brothers, Inc. (LB), and Hager Hinge

Company (HH), or equal

2. Locksets and Latchsets: Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware (CR), or

equal

3. Closers: Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware (CR), or

equal

4. Overhead Holders and Glynn-Johnson (G-J)

and Stops:

5. Exit Devices: Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware (CR), or

equal

6. Flush Bolts and H.B. Ives (I), and Glynn-Johnson (G-J),

Dustproof Strikes: or equal

7. Kickplates: H.B. Ives (I), and Brookline Industries, Inc. (BL),

or equal

8. Door Stops and Holders: H.B. Ives (I), Brookline Industries, Inc. (BL), and

Hager Hinge Company (HH), or equal


9. Door Coordinators: H.B. Ives (I), and Glynn-Johnson (G-J), or equal

F. Schedule: Provide products as listed in the following schedule:

HARDWARE SCHEDULE

SET

NO. QUANTITY, DESCRIPTION AND FINISH MFG.

OVERHEAD COILING DOORS (NO.S B112-2, 109-2, 109-3, 124-3, 130-2 CEE-2, CEW-

2 AND 207-3): HARDWARE TO BE PROVIDED BY DOOR MANUFACTURER.

AREA A

HW-1

PAIR OF DOOR NO. 112B-1

8 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM

2 EA. MANUAL FLUSH BOLTS 3780F – 24” TOP & 12” BOTTOM ROD 630 HIA

(INACTIVE LEAF)

1 EA. DUST PROOF STRIKE 382 X MS/ES 630 HIA

1 EA. PASSAGE SET M9010 X LTA X 5007 STK (ACTIVE LEAF) 630 DOR

660002 KNURLED OWNER STANDARD

1 EA. DOOR CLOSERS 8916 SDS SPRING ASSIST PARALLEL DEAD 689 DOR

STOP ARM (ACTIVE LEAF)

1 EA. SURFACE OVERHEAD STOPS 900S SERIES (INACTIVE LEAF) 689 DOR

1 SET HEAD/JAMB SEALS S88W Wht PEM

ASTRAGAL PROVIDED BY DOOR MANUFACTURER.

MOUNT CLOSER & OVERHEAD STOP ON THE PUSH SIDE.

AREA B

HW-2

PAIR OF UNEVEN DOOR NO. 117-1

8 EA. HINGES BB5002 4.5” X 4.5” NRP 630 BOM


(INACTIVE LEAF)


1 EA. STOREROOM LOCK M9080T X LTA X 5007 STK (ACTIVE LEAF) 630 DOR

1 EA. PERMANENT CORES PROVIDED BY CDWM





2 EA. KICKPLATES J102 – 10” X 2” LDW X .050 X SMS X B4E 630 HIA

1 SET HEAD/JAMB SEALS 315CR X SMS 628 PEM

2 EA. DOOR BOTTOM W/DRIP 2221AV X SMS 628 PEM

1 EA. THRESHOLD 171A X 5”W X ½”H X SSMS/ES 628 PEM



HW-3

SINGLE DOOR NO. 117-2, 207-2

4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM

1 EA. STOREROOM LOCK M9080T X LTA X 5007 STK 630 DOR


1 EA. DOOR CLOSERS 8916 AF89P PARALLEL ARM 689 DOR

1 EA. WALL STOPS 9211T X T.B. 630 HIA


HW-4

SINGLE EXISTING DOOR NO. 100-2

4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM

1 EA. PASSAGE SET M9010 X LTA X 5007 STK 630 DOR




HW-5

SINGLE DOOR NO. 121-1

4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM





HW-6







STOP ARM





HW-7


4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM

1 EA. RIM EXIT DEVICE F9300 X YT09 X 463 STK 630 DOR

1 EA. I.C. MORTISE CYLINDER 97D10BLK138 630 DOR



STOP ARM



AREA C

HW-8

PAIR OF DOOR NO. B106-1, B107-1

8 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM


(INACTIVE LEAF)




1 EA. DOOR CLOSERS 8916 SIS SPRING ASSIST INTEGRAL STOP ARM 689 DOR

(ACTIVE LEAF)

1 EA. SURFACE OVERHEAD STOPS 900S SERIES X 7090 BRACKETS 689 DOR

(INACTIVE LEAF)



MOUNT CLOSER & OVERHEAD STOP ON THE PULL SIDE.

HW-9

PAIR OF DOOR NO. 101-1

1 EA. ELECTRFIED HINGE BB5066 ETW 4 WIRES 4.5” X 4.5” NRP 630 BOM



2 EA. AUTOMATICFLUSH BOLTS 3142-METAL (INACTIVE LEAF) 630 HIA


1 EA. ELECTRIFIED LOCKS M9080T-EU X LTA X 5007 STK 630 DOR

FAIL-SECURE X 12VDC (ACTIVE LEAF)



STOP ARM

1 EA. COORDINATOR 3652-84 W/FILLER BAR 600 HIA

2 EA. COORDINATOR BRACKETS MB37 OR MB38 (AS REQUIRED) 600 HIA




1 EA. POWER SUPPLY PS610RF X 120V X 12.24VDC X 1 AMP (VERIFY) ----- DOR

1 EA. WIRING DIAGRAM ----- DOR



CARD READER, DOOR CONTACT, REQUEST TO EXIT PROVIDED BY SECURITY

CONTRACTOR.

DOOR SHALL BE SECURED AT ALL TIMES. AFTER SWIPING THE CARD READER

IT WILL ACTIVATE AND RETRACT THE LATCH BOLT AND ALLOW TO PULL

THE DOOR OPEN. ROTATING THE LEVER FROM THE INSIDE IT WILL ALLOWED

TO RETRACT THE LATCH BOLT AND ALLOWED TO EXIT.

IN CASE OF EMERGENCY OR POWER FAILURE THE DOOR REMAIN SECURED,

BY USING THE KEY IT WILL UNLOCKED AND RETRACT THE LATCH BOLT AND

ALLOWED TO PULL THE DOOR OPENED.

HW-10


4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM



1 EA. DOOR CLOSERS 8916 AF89 REGULAR ARM 689 DOR



HW-10A

SINGLE DOOR NO. 102-1, 113B-1

4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM

1 EACH OFFICE LOCK M9050T X LTA X LESS STK (DOOR NO. 102-1) 630 DOR

1 EA. STOREROOM LOCK M9080T X LTA X LESS STK 630 DOR



1 EA. ELECTRIC STRIKE 6210 X 12VDC X FAIL-SECURE 630 VON





CONTRACTOR.


WILL ACTIVATE, AND RETRACTING THE ELECTRIC STRIKE KEEPER AND

ALLOWING THE DOOR OPEN. ROTATING THE LEVER FROM THE INSIDE WILL

RETRACT THE LATCH BOLT AND ALLOWEXIT.

IN CASE OF EMERGENCY OR POWER FAILURE, THE DOOR WILL REMAIN

SECURED, IT WILL UNLOCK BY USING THE KEY WHICH WILL RETRACT THE

LATCH BOLT ALLOWING THE DOOR TO BE OPENED.

HW-11

SINGLE DOOR NO. B113-1, 104-1, 204-1, 220-1

4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM




3 EA. DOOR SILENCERS 601 Gry HIA

HW-12

SINGLE DOOR NO. 103-1, 106-1, 116-1

4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM

1 EA. PRIVACY LOCK W/INDICATOR M9046 X LTA X 5007 STK 630 DOR

1 EA. SURFACE OVERHEAD STOPS 900S SERIES (AT DOOR NO. 103-1) 689 DOR



HW-13

PAIR OF DOOR NO. 105-1, 113-1

1 EA. ELECTRFIED HINGE BB5066 ETW 4 WIRES 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM

7 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM


(INACTIVE LEAF)



1 EA. ELECTRIFIED LOCKS M9080T-EU X LTA X 5007 STK 630 DOR

FAIL-SECURE X 12VDC (ACTIVE LEAF)






1 EA. POWER SUPPLY PS610RF X 120V X 12.24VDC X 1 AMP (VERIFY) ----- DOR

1 EA. WIRING DIAGRAM ----- DOR




CONTRACTOR.


IT WILL ACTIVATE AND RETRACT THE LATCH BOLT AND ALLOW TO PULL

THE DOOR OPEN. ROTATING THE LEVER FROM THE INSIDE IT WILL ALLOWED

TO RETRACT THE LATCH BOLT AND ALLOWED TO EXIT.

IN CASE OF EMERGENCY OR POWER FAILURE THE DOOR REMAIN SECURED,

BY USING THE KEY IT WILL UNLOCKED AND RETRACT THE LATCH BOLT AND

ALLOWED TO PULL THE DOOR OPENED.

HW-14

SINGLE DOOR NO. 107-1, 112B-3

4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM





HW-15

SINGLE DOOR NO. 108-1, 112-1. 210-1, 112B-2

4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM





(DOOR NO. 210-1)


HW-16


SINGLE DOOR NO. 108-2,





STOP ARM





HW-17

SINGLE DOOR NO. 111-1, 202-1. 205-1

4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM

1 EA. CLASSROOM LOCK M9070T X LTA X 5007 STK 630 DOR





(DOOR NO. 201-1, 205-1 - LOCKER ROOM)


3 EA. DOOR SILENCERS 601 (AS REQUIRED) Gry HIA

HW-18


4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM



1 EA. SURFACE OVERHEAD STOPS 900S SERIES 689 DOR


HW-19


4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM



1 EA. SURFACE OVERHEAD STOPS 900S SERIES (DOOR NO. 114-1) 689 DOR


(DOOR NO. 206-1 OVERHEAD STOP MOUNT ON THE PULL SIDE)



HW-20


4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM

1 EA. OFFICE LOCK M9050T X LTA X 5007 STK 630 DOR




MOUNT OVERHEAD STOPS ON THE PULL SIDE.

HW-20A


4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM



1 EA. DOOR CLOSER 8916 DS PARALLEL DEAD STOP ARM 689 DOR



HW-21


8 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM


(INACTIVE LEAF)


1 EA. CLASSROOM LOCK M9070T X LTA X 5007 STK (ACTIVE LEAF) 630 DOR

KNURLED 660002 OWNER STANDARD



(ACTIVE LEAF)


(INACTIVE LEAF)




HW-22



4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM






HW-23

SINGLE DOOR NO. R1-2

4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM

1 EA. STOREROOM LOCK KEYED BOTH SIDE M9082T X LTA X 5007 STK 630 DOR






AREA D

HW-24

SINGLE DOOR NO. B102-2, B102-1 122-2, 124-1, 301-2, 301-3, B110-2, 208-4

4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM





HW-25

PAIR OF DOOR NO. B103-1, B104-1, B109-1, B110-1, B111-1, 209-1

8 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM


(INACTIVE LEAF)





(ACTIVE LEAF)


(INACIVE LEAF)



2 EA. DOOR SILENCERS 601 (AS REQUIRED) Gry HIA



DOOR NO. B105-1, B109B-2, B110B-2, B111B-2, HARDWARE TO BE PROVIDED

BY CHAIN LINK FENCE MANUFACTURER.

HW-26

SINGLE DOOR NO. B103-2

4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM





HW-27

NOT USED

HW-28


4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM


1 EA. PERMANENT CORESPROVIDED BY CDWM

1 EA. DOOR CLOSER 8916 IS INTEGRAL STOP ARM 689 DOR


DOOR NO. 109-1 AND B102-3 MOTOR OPERATED OVERHEAD BY OTHERS

HW-29


4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM


1 EA. I.C. MORTISE CYLINDER 97D10BLK138 630 DOR



1 EA. DOOR CLOSER 8916 SPA HEAVY DUTY PARALLEL ARM 689 DOR



HW-30


8 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM


(INACTIVE LEAF)




1 EA. DOOR CLOSERS 8916 SDS SPRING ASSIST PARALEL DEAD 689 DOR

DEAD STOP ARM (ACTIVE LEAF)





HW-31

SINGLE DOOR NO. 124-2, 322-1, B115-1

4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM





HW-32


8 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM


(INACTIVE LEAF)





(ACTIVE LEAF)


(INACTIVE LEAF)




2 EA. DOOR BOTTOM 217AV X SMS 628 PEM

1 EA. THRESHOLD 171A X 5” W X ½”H X SSMS/ES 628 PEM



HW-33

SINGLE DOOR NO. 208-1, 208-2, 208-3, 211-1, 211-2

4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM






HW-34


4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM







HW-35


8 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM


(INACTIVE LEAF)




1 EA. DOOR CLOSERS 8916 SDS SPRING ASSIST PARALEL DEAD 689 DOR

DEAD STOP ARM (ACTIVE LEAF)






HW-36

SINGLE DOOR NO. R3-1, R3-2, R3-3

4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM







AREA E

HW-37


4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM


1 EA. PERMANENT CORESPROVIDED BY CDWM




HW-38


4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM






HW-39


4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM




STOP ARM





HW-40





1 EA. STOREROOM LOCKS M9080T X LTA X 5007 STK 630 DOR

(ACTIVE LEAF)



STOP ARM







MOUNT CLOSER ON THE PUSH SIDE.

HW-41

SINGLE DOOR NO. 128-2, 128-3, 130-5

4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM







HW-42


8 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM



1 EA. PASSAGE SET M9010T X LTA X 5007 STK (ACTIVE LEAF) 630 DOR


STOP ARM


1 EA. DOOR CLOSERS 8916 SPA HEAVY DUTY PARALLEL ARM 689 DOR







HW-43


4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM




STOP ARM




HW-44


4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM






HW-45


8 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM


(INACTIVE LEAF)


1 EA. MORTISE EXIT DEVICE CD9500 X YT08M X 465 STK 630 DOR

(ACTIVE LEAF)

2 EA. I.C. MORTISE CYLINDER 97D10BLK138 (Trim & Cylinder Dogging) 630 DOR



1 EA. DOOR CLOSERS 8916 SPA HEAVY DUTY PARALLEL ARM 689 DOR

(ACTIVE LEAF)





HW-46


8 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM


(INACTIVE LEAF)




1 EA. DOOR CLOSERS 8916 AF89 REGULAR ARM (ACTIVE LEAF) 689 DOR




MOUNT CLOSER ON THE PULL SIDE.

HW-47


4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM




3 EA. DOOR SILENCERS 601

Gry HIA1 SET HEAD/JAMB SEALS S88W Wht

PEM

HW-48



1 EA. STOREROOM LOCKS M9080T X LTA X 5007 STK 630 DOR


1 EA. LATCH PROTECTOR LP111 X 3” X 11” X 12 GA. (VERIFY) 630 DON-JO



STOP ARM





HW-49


4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM


2 EA. I.C. MORTISE CYLINDER 97D10BLK138 (Trim) 630 DOR


1 EA. DOOR CLOSER 8916 SPA HEAVY DUTY PARALLEL ARM 689 DOR



HW-50

SINGLE DOOR NO. R2-1

4 EA. HINGES BB5006 4.5” X 4.5” 630 BOM







AREA F

HW-51

SINGLE DOOR NO. CEE-1, CEW-1






STOP ARM




HW-52


SINGLE DOOR NO. CEE-3




1 EA. PERMANENT BEST CORES PROVIDED BY COMED.




1 EA. DOOR SWEEPS 315CN X SMS 628 PEM

COMED TO PROVIDE BEST PERMANENT CORE.

HW-53

MISCELLANEOUS

1 EA. KEY CONTROL WALL CABINETS 1202 – 130 CAPACITY EXPAND Gry LUN

UP TO 300 CAPACITY TWO TAG KEY SYSTEM

END OF SECTION

S. S

T. L

OU

IS

A

V

CONTRACTOR STAGING & WORK AREA

EXISTING BUILDING

EXISTING CSX RR TRACKS

CPPS EMPLOYEE PARKING AREA

(22 SPACES, 1 OFFICE TRAILER,

& 2 STORAGE CONTAINERS)

ROAD CLOSURE BARRICADES

CONTRACTORS

STAGING

AREA

TEMPORARY CHAIN LINK

SECURITY FENCE (TYPICAL)

TEMPORARY

CHAIN LINK

SECURITY FENCE

(TYPICAL)

102.60'

152.50'

SIDEWALK TO REMAIN OPEN

SIDEWALK CLOSED DURING CONSTRUCTION

24' SLIDE GATE

GATES

GATE

OF

FIC

E T

RA

IL

ER

**CAUTION** INDICATES LOCATION OF

EXISTING LARGE DIAMETER CAST IRON &

CONCRETE WATER MAINS (DEPTH VARIES).

CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY AND

PROTECT DURING ALL CONSTRUCTION

OPERATIONS IN THE VICINITY OF THE MAINS

143.25'

TEMP PARKING LOT AND

DRIVEWAY TO BE ASPHALT PER

DETAIL 9/C-28. CONTRACTOR TO

GRADE THE LOT TO PROVIDE

POSITIVE DRAINAGE.

125.00'

76.00'

456.75'

184.00'

692

CENTRAL PARK PUMPING STATION

ELECTRIFICATION

DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FILE

: P

:\R

M083713\D

ES

IG

N\D

WG

\C

IV

IL\21.05 W

OR

KIN

G D

RA

WIN

GS

\12354C

006

DEPARTMENT OF WATER MANAGEMENT

BUREAU OF ENGINEERING SERVICES

CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE

CONTRACT NO.

13 - 102

REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.

NO. DATE APPD DESCRIPTION

MA

TT

HE

W W

HIS

LE

R 2016-07-14

3:54 P

M

100 S. WACKER DRIVE, SUITE 1400

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60606

200 South Michigan Avenue, Suite 1500

Chicago, Illinois 60604

C-6

CONSTRUCTION STAGING PLAN

ASW

MDW

MF

MAY 2016

1"=30'

12

CIVIL

30 0 FT30 60

1"=30'

NOTE:

1) TEMPORARY CPPS EMPLOYMEE PARKING AREA

CONSTRUCTED OF TEMPORARY HMA PAVEMENT

PER DETAIL 9/C-28 PROVIDE EAST- WEST RIDGE

AND SLOPE TO NORTH , SOUTH TO PROVIDE

POSITIVE DRAINAGE.

2) SEE C-4 AND C-5 FOR PROPERTY SURVEY

INFORMATION.

3) TEMPORARY CHAIN LINK SECURITY FENCE SHALL

BE FE6-TBR-96 SEE SHEETS C-39 AND C-40 FOR

CHAIN LINK FENCING DETAILS.

4) TEMPORARY FENCING GATES SHOWN ARE

MINIMUMS. GATES MAY BE ADDED TO ALLOW FOR

CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES AS REQUIRED BY

CONTRACTOR AND APPROVED BY THE

COMMISSIONER.

5) ALL TEMPORARY FENCING AND GATES,

INCLUDING CONCRETE FOOTING AND GROUND

RODS TO BE REMOVED COMPLETELY AT

COMPLETION OF PROJECT.

** PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES DURING CONSTRUCTION:

1) SEE SPECIFICATIONS, INCLUDING 01 50 00 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND

TEMPORARY CONTROLS, CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROTECT ALL EXISTING

UTILITIES DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING

ANY DAMAGE.

2) THESE ARE EXISTING WATER FEEDER MAINS, STEEL SHELL CONCRETE PIPE & CAST

IRON DIAMETER VARY BETWEEN 36" TO 54" , TOP OF PIPES ARE 2 TO 3 FEET BELOW

EXISTING GRADE, CONTRACTOR MUST PROTECT THESE PIPES AND ALL OTHER

UNDERGROUND UTILITIES DURING CONSTRUCTION AGAINST DAMAGE. CONTRACTOR IS

RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING ANY DAMAGE.

3) ALL EXISTING UTILITIES MUST REMAIN FULLY FUNCTIONAL DURING CONSTRUCTION.

CONSTRUCTION STAGING PLAN

SCALE: 1" = 30'

1

1

1 07/15/16 MF ADDENDUM NO. 3

DEMOLISH

EXISTING CB 1759

DEMOLISH

EXISTING CB 1769

DEMOLISH

EXISTING MH 1753

DEMOLISH

EXISTING CB 1754

DEMOLISH

EXISTING MH 1718

W. FILLMORE ST.

S. S

T. LO

UIS

A

V


EXISTING BUILDING

REMOVE EXISTING 6" SEWER PIPES

DEMOLISH EXISTING

8" SEWER PIPES

DEMOLISH

MANHOLE 1553

DEMOLISH EXISTING

±4" WATER SERVICE

(VIF)

DEMOLISH

EXISTING CATCH BASIN

DEMOLISH

EXISTING CATCH BASINS

CAP SERVICE AT VALVE

TEMP PLUG

PIPE

TEMP PLUG

PIPE

APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF REMAINING

UNDERGROUND NATATORIUM BUILDING.

CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE (SEE NOTE 3)

EXISTING WALL AND FENCE

EXISTING DOCK AND DRIVE

S. C

EN

TR

AL

P

AR

K A

V

EXISTING BUILDING


692


ELECTRIFICATION

DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FILE

: P

:\R

M083713\D

ES

IG

N\D

WG

\C

IV

IL\21.05 W

OR

KIN

G D

RA

WIN

GS

\12354C

010



CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE

CONTRACT NO.

13 - 102

REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


AN

DR

EW

W

YN

N 2016-07-21

2:26 P

M





C-10

UNDERGROUND DEMOLITION PLAN

RME

MDW

MF

MAY 2016

1"=20'

16

CIVIL

20 0 FT20 40

1"=20'

NOTES:

1. SEE SHEET C-4 AND C-5 FOR UNDERGROUND

STRUCTURE INFORMATION

2. SEE SHEET C-9 FOR SITE DEMOLITION PLAN

3. IT IS ANTICIPATED THAT CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS

AND DEMOLITION DEBRIS FROM THE PREVIOUSLY

DEMOLISHED NATATORIUM ARE PRESENT BELOW

GRADE. IF ANY ITEMS ARE ENCOUNTERED

DURING EXCAVATION WORK, REMOVE THESE

ITEMS THAT CONFLICT WITH OR WILL BE

UNDERNEATH ANY NEW WORK IN THEIR ENTIRETY,

CONTRACT WORK TO INCLUDE REMOVAL OF 1,440

CUBIC YARDS OF MATERIAL AND REPLACEMENT

WITH BACKFILL PER SPECIFICATION 31 20 00 -

EARTH MOVING.

SE

E B

ELO

W F

OR

C

ON

TIN

UA

TIO

N

SE

E A

BO

VE

F

OR

C

ON

TIN

UA

TIO

N

UNDERGROUND DEMOLITION PLAN

SCALE: 1" = 20'

1


CONNECT 4" SANITARY

TO 6" ESVCP RISER

RISER INV ±17.92

WYE - 6"X6"

INV 12.20

CO-2

INV 12.22

80'-12" ESVCP

@ 0.57%

4" SANITARY

FROM BUILDING

INV ±17.97

64'-6" ESVCP SANITARY

SEWER @ 1.00%

CO-3

INV 16.53

WYE - 8"X8"

INV 16.51

TRENCH DRAIN

OUTLET BOTTOM OF

TRENCH DRAIN

INV 16.20

33'-8" ESVCP

@ 1.50%

CO-4

INV 16.03

20'-8" ESVCP

@ 1.50%

MH-08 CLOSED LID

RIM 20.18

INV 11.56 (W)

INV 10.81 (N)

INV 10.15 (E) W/ BACKFLOW PREVENTER

INV 10.05 (S)

W. FILLMORE ST.

S. S

T. L

OU

IS

A

V

CB-04 W/ HALF-TRAP AND

RESTRICTOR

OPEN LID

RIM 19.30

INV 12.08 (N)

INV 10.98 (W)

INV 11.98 (HALF TRAP)

UNDERGROUND

DETENTION BASIN

SEE C-35

BOTTOM=12.10 CCD

MH-01

OPEN LID

RIM 19.45

INV 16.58 (N)

INV 13.80 (W)

INV 13.70 (E)

RISER MH

RIM 19.26

ELECTRICAL

DUCTBANK

8" WATER SERVICES

CAP EXISTING

WATER SERVICE

4" GAS SERVICE. PROVIDE 4" TEE OFF

OF EXISTING 8" SERVICE. CAP NORTH

LEG AND REMOVE EXISTING 8"

SERVICE TO THE BUILDING.

EXIST COMED 9-DUCT

EX SEWER MH 1288

RIM 18.82

INV 9.67 15" (E)

INV 9.62 15" (W)

EX SEWER MH 1531

RIM 18.19

INV 9.84 15" (E)

INV 9.79 15" (W)

EX SEWER MH 1559

RIM 18.21

INV 10.06 15" (E)

INV 10.01 15" (W)

EX 12" GAS

EX 6" WATER

EX 15" SEWER

EX 12" SEWER

CB-05

OPEN LID

RIM 18.60

INV 14.85

MH-06

OPEN LID

RIM 29.40

INV 13.60

135'-15" ESVCP STORM

SEWER @ 0.76%

65'-18" ESVCP STORM

SEWER @ 0.46%

INV. 12.60

51'-8" DIP STORM SEWER

@ 1.96%. TO BE

JACKED/BORED UNDER

THE EXISTING

RETAINING WALL

8'-12" ESVCP STORM

SEWER @ 0.25%

ELECTRICAL

DUCTBANK

EHH-1

RIM 21.60

EHH-2

RIM 21.60

EHH-3

RIM 20.30

ELECTRICAL

DUCTBANK

TELEPHONE AND

COMMUNICATION

DUCTBANK

(3) NEW VALVES IN

VAULT

SEE DETAIL 4/C-36

EXISTING BUILDING

NEW

BUILDING

F.F.=21.58

NEW BUILDING

F.F.=21.58

INV 12.10

54'-6" ESVCP

SANITARY SEWER

@ 2.02%

SEE ENLARGED UTILITY

PLAN #2 THIS SHEET

258'-8" EXVCP STORM

SEWER @ 0.73%

INV 14.80

5'-8" ESVCP STORM

SEWER @ 1.00%


PLAN #1 THIS SHEET

INV 12.30


PLAN #3 THIS SHEET

VV-01

RIM ±19.05

VV-03

RIM ±18.56

RISER MH

RIM 20.13

45' - 8" DIP EMERGENCY

PUMP DISCHARGE @ 0.96%

1000GPM MAX FLOW

INV ±15.24

8" ESVCP DIRECT

CONNECTION TO

EXISTING 15" SEWER

INV ±9.57

CONNECT DOWNSPOUT

TO 8" PIPE PER DETAIL

6/C-33. INV ±17.82

CONNECT DOWNSPOUT


6/C-33. INV ±16.50

50' - 8" ESVCP DOWNSPOUT

CONNECTION @ 2.50%

75' - 8" DIP

@ 1.00%

EX WVV 1506

ADJ RIM 18.56

EX STM MH 1544

ADJ RIM 18.50

EX WVV 1387

ADJ RIM 18.83


PLAN #1 THIS SHEET

INV. 16.00

NEW GAS METER

DS-1

DS-2

DS-3

DS-4

DS-6

DS-5

12' - 8" DIP @

1.00%

14'-8' DIP @ 1.00%

57'-8' DIP

@ 1.00%

TRENCH DRAIN

RIM 18.85-18.63

SLOPE INVERT TO

DRAIN

13'-6" ESVCP @ 1.00%

MH-07 CLOSED LID

RIM 21.04

INV 13.81 (E)

INV 12.90 (NW)

INV 11.95 (S)

REPLACE 30' ESVCP

SANITARY SEWER @

1.00% MINIMUM

CONNECT 4" SANITARY

TO 4" ESVCP

INV ±15.17

CO-1

INV 15.16

WYE - 6"X4"

INV 15.12

30'-6" ESVCP SANITARY

SEWER @ 4.37%

CONNECT TO EXISTING

6" SANITARY AT

FOUNDATION WALL.

INV ±13.0

INV ±15.22

692


ELECTRIFICATION

DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FILE

: P

:\R

M083713\D

ES

IG

N\D

WG

\C

IV

IL\21.05 W

OR

KIN

G D

RA

WIN

GS

\12354C

013



CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE

CONTRACT NO.

13 - 102

REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


AN

DR

EW

W

YN

N 2016-07-21

2:24 P

M





C-13

UTILITY PLAN

RME

MDW

MF

MAY 2016

1"=20'

19

CIVIL

20 0 FT20 40

1"=20'

NOTES:

1. SEE SHEET C-33 THRU C-38 FOR UTILITY DETAILS

2. SEE SHEET C-14 TO C-16 FOR STORM SEWER,

SANITARY SEWER, WATER MAIN,ELECTRICAL DUCT

BANK AND COMMUNICATION PROFILES & UTILITY

CONFLICT RESOLUTION.

3. SEE E-80 FOR ELECTRICAL HANDHOLE & CONDUIT

DETAIL.

4. SEE E-3 FOR DUCTBANK TYPICAL SECTIONS.

5. UTILITY TRENCH BEDDING AND BACKFILL PER

DETAILS ON C-33 TO C-36. IF NOT SPECIFIED,

BEDDING SHALL BE CA-11 OR CA-6, BACKFILL SHALL

BE FA-6, CA-6, CA-11 OR CA-16.

6. 2-COMED DUCTBANKS (FROM BUILDING TO R/W) TO

BE EXTENDED FROM ROW TO THE SOUTH BY

COMED. COORDINATE WITH COMED.

7. PROVIDE TELEPHONE AND COMMUNICATIONS

DUCTBANK FROM BUILDING TO UTILITY POLE ON

SOUTH SIDE OF FILLMORE, AS SHOWN.

COORDINATE WITH AT&T.

8. SEE C-36 FOR 8" WATER SERVICE DETAIL.

9. GAS SERVICE MODIFICATION AND ACTUAL GAS

SERVICE CONNECTION SIZE SHALL BE

COORDINATED WITH PEOPLE'S GAS.

10. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PAVEMENT

SAW-CUTTING, EXCAVATION, BEDDING, BACKFILL,

RESTORATION AND PAVEMENT PATCHING FOR ALL

UTILITY TRENCH WORK.

11. TRAFFIC CONTROL PER CDOT STANDARDS SHALL

BE PROVIDED FOR ALL WORK IN CDOT R/W.

UTILITY PLAN

SCALE: 1" = 20'

ENLARGED UTILITY PLAN #2

SCALE: 1" = 10'


SCALE: 1" = 10'


SCALE: 1" = 10'

10 0 FT10 20

1"=10'

MH-09 CLOSED LID

RIM 20.34

INV 16.08 (S)

INV 15.71 (SW)

INV 14.80 (N)

INV 14.25 (E)

TRENCH DRAIN

RIM 19.80

SLOPE INVERT TO DRAIN

CONNECT DOWNSPOUT


6/C-33. INV ±16.64

TRENCH DRAIN

OUTLET BOTTOM OF

TRENCH DRAIN

INV 15.00

10'-8" [email protected]%

EA

ST

R

.O

.W

. O

F S

. C

EN

TR

AL P

AR

K A

VE

UNDERGROUND DETENTION BASIN

VOLUME REQUIREMENTS

RATE CONTROL STORAGE REQUIRED = 10,834 CUBIC FEET

RATE CONTROL STORAGE PROVIDED = 11,083 CUBIC FEET

1


LEGEND

EXISTING STRUCTURE TO BE DEMOLISHED

10

(E)T3 1/2x3 1/2x3/8

EXIST CONCFOOTING TO BEDEMOLISHED

EXIST MACHINE SHOPBUILDING

EXIST STORAGEROOM

T/WALLEL +22'-1"

T/ EXIST ROOFEL +38'-1"

3S-71

B/FTGEL +15'-0"

1

T/EXIST CONC SLABEL +21'-7"

11

D

T/BASEMENT SLABEL +11'-1"

EXIST CONCPIER (BEYOND)

EXIST CONCFDN (BEYOND)

T/CONC SLABEL +27'-6"

EXIST CONCSLAB

EXIST CONCCOL

F1

S-71

E9

T/EXIST CONC SLABEL +21'-7"

B/FTGEL +15'-0"

T/WALLEL +22'-1"

692

CENTRAL PARK PUMPING STATIONELECTRIFICATION

DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:

DEPARTMENT OF WATER MANAGEMENTBUREAU OF ENGINEERING SERVICES

CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE

CONTRACT NO. 13 - 102

REVISIONS

RA

KN

MF

100 SOUTH WACKER DRIVE, SUITE 1400CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60606-4003

STRUCTURAL

D:\T

EM

P\R

EV

IT\1

2354-C

PP

S-S

_A

Abdelrahm

an.r

vt

7/1

2/2

016 4

: 10:0

8 P

M

As indicated

S-71

DEMOLITION - AREA C - SECTIONS ANDDETAILS

121

JUNE 2016

3/8" = 1'-0"1

SECTION 3/8" = 1'-0"

2SECTION

(S-21, S-22)(S-21, S-22)

3/8"=1'-0"

1 0 1 2 43 5 6 7 FT

NOTES:

1. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS. REPORT TO REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMISSIONER, ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.

2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION OF EXISTING BUILDING FAÇADE.

3. REFER TO HZ DRAWINGS AND RELATED SPECIFICATIONS FOR REMEDIATION, ABATEMENT, REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL PROCEDURES REQUIRED FOR DEMOLITION AND EXCAVATION WORK.

4. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 01 12 16 - CONSTRUCTION WORK SEQUENCE AND LIMITATIONS.

5. SAFETY AND INTEGRITY OF THE STRUCTURE AND SURROUNDING AREAS ARE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR DURING DEMOLITION.

6. MEANS AND METHODS OF THE DEMOLITION ARE FULL RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR.

7. CONTRACTOR MUST PROTECT THE EXISTING AREAS TO REMAIN DURING DEMOLITION WORK.

8. ALL SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS MUST BE ADHERED TO DURING THE DEMOLITION.

9. FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION AND SHORING NOTES SEE S-1.


1 7/15/16 MF ADDENDUM NO.3

3/8" = 1'-0"3

SECTION

(S-21, S-22)

1

X XX X

X XX X

87

E

D

17' -

6"

W14x74

T/S

TL 2

' - 1

1"

(E)W14x68(E)W14x68

(E)W14x43

(E)W14x43

(E)W16x40

T/STL -2"

(E)W

24x74

T/S

TL -

2"

T/SLABEL +21'-7"

T/SLABEL +25'-0"

6S-98

6" CONCSLAB

6" CONC SLAB

W8x15

T/S

TL -

6"

7S-102

3S-103

2S-103

(E)S12x31.8

T/STL 9 1/2"

6S-102 1

S-103

2#7

6' - 0 1/4"

9S-103

5"

10' - 9 1/4"

8' -

2"

UP

T/SLAB EL 21'-7"

MC8x22.8

87

E

D

17' -

6" 1

1' -

6"

2 EQ SPA = 9' - 11 1/4"EXIST MASONRYWALL

8" CMUWALL (TYP)

SEE NOTE 11

(E)W14x68

W12x40

T/S

TL 4

' - 5

3/4

"

BEAM POCKETSEE DETAIL 8/S-147

L8x6x1/2

T/S

TL 4

' - 5

3/4

"

L8x6x1/2 T/STL 4' - 5 3/4"

L8x6x1/2

L8x6x1/2

L8x6x1/2 T/STL 4' - 5 3/4"

L8x6x1/2

T/S

TL 4

' - 5

3/4

"

SEE NOTE 11

W8x15

T/S

TL -

6"

W8x15

T/S

TL -

6"

5S-101

SIM

4S-101

SIM

2S-101

SIM

5S-101

SIM3S-101

5S-101

SIM

SEE NOTE 12

2' - 4 1/2"

2' - 10 1/4"1' - 7 1/2"

1S-107

2' - 0" 10' - 9 1/4"

4' -

11"

8' -

2"

987

E

D

(E)W14x68 (E)W14x68 (E)W14x68

(E)W14x43 (E)W14x43 (E)W14x43

(E)W

18x47

T/S

TL -

1 1

/2"

(E)W

18x47

T/S

TL -

1 1

/2"

(E)W12x28

T/STL -1 1/2"

(E)W12x28

T/STL -1 1/2"

(E)W

16x40

T/S

TL -

1 1

/2"

(E)W12x28

T/STL -1 1/2"

(E)W

14x34

T/S

TL -

1 1

/2"

T/SLABEL +37.50'

(E)W12x28

T/STL -1 1/2"

(E)W18x55

T/STL -1 1/2"

16' - 0" 16' - 0"

17' -

6"

SEE NOTE 11

W12x40

T/STL -6"6

S-100

6"

CO

NC

SLA

B

W8x31

T/S

TL -

6"

+WT4x33.5

EXIST. SLAB

11S-101

+W

T 6

x76

BEARING POCKETCONNECTION (TYP)

W8x15

T/S

TL -

6"

W8x15

T/S

TL -

6"

W8x15

T/S

TL -

6"

W8x31

T/STL -6"

W16x50

T/STL -5 1/2"

W8x31

T/S

TL -

5 1

/2"

W8x31

T/S

TL -

5 1

/2"

W8x31

T/STL -5 1/2"

L8x6x1/2 LLV

L8x6x1/2 LLV

4S-101

SIM

5S-101

SIM

5S-101

SIM

5S-101

SIM

11S-101

4S-105

4' - 9"

4' -

11"

1' - 7 1/2"

1' - 7 1/2" 2' - 10 1/4"

7' - 8"

4' -

7 1

/4"

SEE NOTE 11

12S-101

4S-103

5S-103

4' -

4"

5' - 0 1/4" 4 1/4"

SEE NOTE 12

+W

T 6

x76

8' -

2"10' - 9 1/4"

8S-105

9S-148

W8x15

T/S

TL -

6"

+WT6x76

W14x90

T/S

TL -

6"

1

1

1

1

1

876A

E

D

2S-97

1S-97

4' - 9 1/2" 2' - 0" 4' - 9 1/2" 2' - 9 3/4"5' -

1"

4' -

4"

1' -

10"

1' -

0"

1' -

8"

8' -

2"

10' - 9 1/4"

17' -

6"

16' - 0"

1' -

2"

4' -

4"

1' -

10"

6' -

3"

18"x18"x12" DEEP SUMP PITCOORDINATE SIZEW/ ARCH & MEP DWG'S

T/CONCEL 8'-4"

T/CONCEL +14'-1 1/2"

MICROPILES 5 1/2" OD DIA.0.415" WALL THK.39.5 TONS SERVICELOAD CAPACITY(10 THUS)

2' -

0"

3' -

2"

2S-102

6" SOGOVER COMPACTEDGRANULAR FILLSEE S-143

3S-102

4S-102

5S-102

5S-98

COORDINATE MICROPILESLOC W/ ELEVATOR BUFFERLOC - TYP @ 2 LOC

10"

2' -

8"

RAMPT/CONCEL +14'-1 1/2"

6" CONC SLAB

8' - 7 1/4"

7"

2' - 6"

1' -

0"

WALL8" CONC

T/SOGEL +14'-1 1/2"

T/SOGEL +11'-6 1/2"

8" CMUWALL

6" SOG

6" SOG

2#4

#4 @12" OC

COMPACTEDGRANULARFILL (TYP)

1

1

1

1

1/2" PJF

1/2" PJF

7

6" CONC SLABSEE 2/S-103FOR REINF

EXISTCONCSLAB

6" CONC SLABSEE 3/S-103FOR REINF

GYPSUM STUD WALLASSEMBLY, SEE ARCH

T/SLABEL 21.58'

T/SLABEL 25.00'

2#7

8" CMUWALL

DOWELSTO MATCHREINF

MC8

A

FILLMORE ST

CE

NT

RA

L P

AR

K A

VE

B

C

D E F

KEY PLAN

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

RA

KN

MF


STRUCTURAL

D:\T

EM

P\R

EV

IT\1

2354-C

PP

S-S

_A

Abdelrahm

an.r

vt

7/1

2/2

016 4

: 41:0

5 P

M

As indicated

S-98

AREA C - PARTIAL PLANS

148

JUNE 2016

1/4" = 1'-0"2

AREA C - PARTIAL PLAN AT EL +21.58'

1/4" = 1'-0"4


1/4" = 1'-0"3


1/4" = 1'-0"1

AREA C - ELEVATOR PIT PARTIAL PLAN

1/4"=1'-0"

4 0 4 8 FT

(S-47) (S-48)

(S-49)

(S-49)

1. ELEVATOR TOWER 8" CMU WALLS SHALL BE REINFORCED WITH #6 @24" OC. REBARS SHALL RUN FULL HEIGHT OF WALL AND THE ENTIRE WALL SHALL BE GROUTED SOLID. PROVIDE DOWELS AT FOUNDATION TO MATCH SIZE AND SPACING OF WALL REINFORCING. PROVIDE BOND BEAMS W/2-#5 SPACED AS SHOWN ON SECTIONS AND MAX @ 48" OC ALONG THE HEIGHT OF THE WALL.

2. FOR PIER REINFORCING SEE DETAIL 9/S-101 . ALL PIER REINFORCING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS THROUGH LINTELS AND BOND BEAMS. PROVIDE DOWELS AT FOUNDATION TO MATCH SIZE AND LOCATION OF PIER REINFORCING.

3. PROVIDE HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT @ 16" OC MAX SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.

4. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT TO REPRESENTATIVE OF COMMISSIONER COMPLETE SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING ALL OPENING W/ LINTEL TYPE INCLUDING REINFORCED CMU LINTELS AND WALL REINFORCING.

5. FOR ELEVATOR DOOR OPENING PROVIDE 24" DEEP BOND BEAM LINTEL WITH 2-#6 IN EACH COURSE, SEE DETAIL 3/S-146 EXTEND LINTEL FROM NORTH TO SOUTH END WALL PIERS.

NOTES:

6. LAY ALL MASONRY WITH FULL BED AND HEAD JOINTS OF MORTAR.

7. SHORE CMU WALLS UNTIL LATERAL SUPPORT IS PROVIDED AT FLOORS AND ROOF LEVELS.

8. FOR TYPICAL DETAILS OF INTERSECTING MASONRY WALLS SEE S-147.

9. FOR CONTROL JOINT LOCATIONS IN CMU WALLS SEE ARCH DRAWINGS.

10. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE/VERIFY WITH ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER AND PROVIDE INSERTS IN CMU WALLS. PROVIDE 3 COURSES BOND BEAM AT BEARING PLATES OR INSERTS LOCATIONS IN 8" CMU WALL. BOND BEAMS IN 8" CMU WALL TO BE REINFORCED WITH 2-#5 AT EACH COURSE OF BOND BEAM. EXTEND REINFORCEMENT INTO THE END WALLS.

11. ( ) DENOTES 2" COMPOSITE 2VLI16 DECK W/4" LW CONCRETE ON TOP (TOTAL T=6") REINFORCED W/6X6 W2.1XW2.1 WWF (TYP).

12. PROVIDE 3/4" DIA THREADED ROD X30" LONG. INSTALL INTO THE EXISTING BRICK WALL WITH HILTI HIT HY70 W/SCREEN @ 8" OC, MIN EMBED 8".

13. FOR TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS SEE DWGS S-143 TO S-145. FOR TYPICAL MASONRY DETAILS SEE DWGS S-146 AND S-147. FOR TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS SEE DWG S-148.

14. SEE MASONRY NOTE #14 ON S-3 FOR CMU WALL REINFORCEMENT (TYP UNO).




3/4" = 1'-0"5

SECTION

3/4" = 1'-0"6

SECTION

2

2

X XX X X X X X X

B2 AC1

2S-116

S-116

3

20' - 0" 23' - 10"

1' - 1 7/8"4' - 5" 4' - 5" 4' - 5" 4' - 5"

1' - 2 1/8"5' - 3" 5' - 3" 5' - 3" 5' - 3"

EQUIPMENT CONCRETE PADSEE TYPICAL DETAILS 2/S-144

T/ STLEL 54'-0"

T/ STLEL 54'-4 1/4"

T/ STLEL 53'-3"

NEW W14 BEAM SHIM PLATE(TYP)

NEW W14 BEAM

NEW W16 BEAM

EXISTINGW14 COL

EXISTINGW14 COL

EXISTINGW14 COL

L3x3x1/4 L3x3x1/4

STEEL DECK

DECK WELDTO BEAM DECK WELD

TO ANGLESHIM PLATE(TYP)

T/ SLABEL 54'-6"

STIFF. PLATE

NEW W16BEAM

BENT PL

EXISTING W12 BEAM

TOP FLANGE OFEXIST W12 BEAM

1' - 5"

6B6

1S-116

EXIST W12 BM (TYP)

NEW W14 BEAM

EXISTW12 BEAM

NEW W14BEAM

EXISTING W12 BEAM

NEW W14 BEAM

NEW W16 BEAM

NEW W16 BEAM

NEW W16 BEAM

NEW W10BEAM BEYOND

S-116

4

EXISTINGW14 COL

8' - 0"17' - 0"

T/STLEL 54'-4 1/4"T/ STL

EL 54'-0"SHIMPLATE

L3x3x1/4

T/ SLABEL 54'-6"

T/ STLEL 53'-3"

T/STLEL 53'-3"

DECK WELDTO BEAM

STIFF. PLATE STIFF PLATE

L3x3x1/4

BENT PL

7A

2" DECK W/4" LW CONC (TYP)SEE PLAN

8" CMUWALL

SEE 1/S-121FOR CONN

A

L3x3x1/4

STEEL DECK

SHIMPLATEEXISTING W12 BEAM

DECK WELDTO ANGLE

NEW W14 BEAM

EXISTINGW14 COL.

EXISTING W12BEAM TOP FLANGE

1/2" THKSTIFF. PLATE

REMOVE THE CONCRETEENCASEMENT FOR NEWBEAM CONNECTION

SEATPLATE

1/4"

1/4"

1/4"TYP

T/ STLEL 54'-0"

T/ SLABEL 54'-6"

T/ STLEL 53'-3"

T/ STLEL 54'-4 1/4"

6B

1S-116

EXISTING W14 COL

5 5

/8"

NEW W16 BEAM

EXISTING W12BEAM TOP FLANGE

SHIM PLATE

L3x3x1/4

1/2" THK STIFF. PLATE

DECK WELD TO BEAM

DECK WELD TO ANGLE

NEW W14BEAM

10"

1/2" THKSEAT PLATE

T/ STLEL 54'-0"

T/ SLABEL 54'-6"

T/ STLEL 53'-3"

T/ STLEL 54'-4 1/4"

1/4"

1/4"TYP

1/4"

1/4"

12A

T/CONC SLABEL +27'-6"

4"CONC+2" METAL DECK

#5 @48" DOWELS6" EMBED HILTI HIT-HY200

EXIST W24ENCASED IN CONC

W24

CONT L4x4x3/8

#5 @12"

#5 @12" EW

1/4"

1/4" 2@8"

CONT 3/8" THK BENT PL

FILL WITH COMPRESSIBLEFILLER (TYP)

2'-6"

1"

10 1/2"

5/8" DIA x0'-4"WELDED STUDS@18" OC (TYP) 6

"

SOG

T/SOGEL +11'-0"

1

1

1' - 6"

#4@12" OC

3-#4 BOT

8" CMU WALLSEE ARCH DWG'S

WALL DOWELS TO MATCHSIZE & SPACING W/WALL VERT REINF

TYP

1'-6"

6"

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

RA

KN

MF


STRUCTURAL

D:\T

EM

P\R

EV

IT\1

2354-C

PP

S-S

_A

Abdelrahm

an.r

vt

7/1

2/2

016 4

: 10:0

9 P

M

As indicated

S-116

GENERATOR ROOM – SECTIONS ANDDETAILS

166

JUNE 2016

1/2" = 1'-0"1

SECTION

1/2" = 1'-0"2

SECTION

1" = 1'-0"3

DETAIL

1" = 1'-0"4

DETAIL 1" = 1'-0"

5SECTION

(S-55,S-116)

(S-55,S-116)

(S-116)

(S-116) (S-53)

1"=1'-0"

1 0 1 2 FT

1/2"=1'-0"

01 1 42 3 5 FT

1" = 1'-0"6

TYPICAL INTERIOR MASONRY WALL FOUNDATION SECTION



1

6B

2' - 6"

2' - 5"

2' - 6" 8' - 0"2' - 0" 1' - 9"

2' - 0"

EXISTINGFOOTING

(E) W14HSS10x10

2" THKBASE PL

1' -

10" 1

1

COMPACTEDBACKFILL (TYP)3/4" DIA EXP ANCHOR

TYP

1' - 0"

TY

P

1' -

0"

2"

TYP1' - 0"

CONT CUT-OFFSHEAR KEY


T/CONC SLABEL 11'-7'±

4' - 5"

#5@12" DRILL THROUGH &EPOXY GROUTED INTOEXIST CONC

#5@12"DRILL THROUGH & EPOXYGROUTED INTO EXIST CONC

8#5(TYP)

(E) W14

CONCENCASEMENT CONCRETE

ENCASEMENT

NEWFOUNDATION

NEW SOG

1

1

NEW FDN

2' - 0"

EXIST FDN

17' - 2"

NEW FDN

2' - 0"

2"

5S-118

6"

VA

RIE

S

3' -

6"

7A

1' - 6"

11"

6"

6"

3'-

10

"

EL 7'-9"

B2

1

1

1

1

3S-118

EXIST FDN

5' - 0"

EXIST FDN

10' - 3"

NEW FDN

2' - 9"

1' -

4"

6"

2"

6"

1' - 0"

1' -

0"

1' -

0"

5' - 6"

3' - 0"

3' - 0" 6"5' - 6"3' - 0"6"

7' - 6"7' - 6"

1' -

0"

1' -

0"

CONT SHEAR KEY

EXIST W14 COL

EXIST I24 BEAMS

EXIST CONCUNDER COLUMNSHALL REMAIN

EXIST BEAMW18 @ 2'-6" OC

6 NEW BEAMSW6x25 @ 2'-6" OC

6 NEW BEAMSW6x25 @ 2'-6" OC

#5@12" DWLS

NEW 4000 PSI CONCRETE

#5@12" OCDRILL THROUGH &EPOXY GROUTEDINTO EXIST CONC(TYP EW)

#5@12"

TYP DOWELEMBED

EXIST CONCENCASEMENT

EXIST LEANCONCRETE

EXISTINGFOUNDATION

NEW 4000 PSICONCRETE POUR

REMOVE EXIST CONC TOOUTSIDE FACES OF EXISTBEAM TO ALLOW ATTACHMENTOF NEW BEAMS AS SHOWN

B/CONC SLAB11' - 1"

T/CONC SLABEL 11'-7"±

T/FOUND.9' - 11"

1/4" 2@8"

6" EA ENDTYP

1/4"TYP 6

"

EXISTCONC WALL

4' -

0"

6"

1' -

6"

2'-

8"

EL 7'-7"

4' -

0"

NEW SOG

4"

1

6B

4S-118

6S-118

4' - 3"

(E) W14 (E) W14

HSS10X10X1/2

1' -

0"

EXIST I24 BM'S

EXISTW18

W6x25(6 THUS)

NEW 4000 PSICONCRETE POUR

#5@12" OC - DRILLTHROUGH & EPOXYGROUTED INTOEXISTING CONC (TYP)

EXIST LEANCONC

EXISTFDN

TYP

2' - 6"

#5@12"EW

1' -

0"

11

11

NEWSOG

3/4" DIA EXP.ANCHOR 6 1/2"EMBED

2" THKBASE PL

EXISTPEDESTAL

7A

6"

4' - 3"


9"

#5x1'-6" @18" OCDRILL THROUGH &EPOXY GROUT INTOEXIST CONC SLAB(TYP)

2'-

8"

CJ, SEENOTES 1 & 2

EXIST 4" SOG

C1

6B 7A

1' -

5"

1' - 6"

2' - 6" 8' - 0" 2' - 6"

1' - 4"

1' -

4"

5' -

0"

1 1

/2"

1 1/2"

EXISTINGPEDESTAL

EXISTINGCOLUMN

4x 3/4" DIA. KWIK BOLT 3EXP. ANCHORSW/ 6 1/2" EMBED(TYP)

BASE PLSEE DETAIL 7

NEW COL.HSS 10x10x1/2

1' - 6"

1' -

8"

1' - 6"

1' -

8"

EXISTCOLBASE PL

EXISTINGCOLUMN

REMOVED AND REPLACEDSURFACE CONCRETESEE 1/ S-118

B2

6B 7A

1' - 6"

4' - 3" 8' - 0" 4' - 3"

1' - 4"

1' -

4"

3' -

0"

1 1

/2"

EXISTINGPEDESTAL

EXISTINGCOLUMN

(E) W14x150

4x 3/4" DIA. KWIK BOLT 3EXP. ANCHORSW/ 6 1/2" EMBED

BASE PLSEE DETAIL 8

NEW COLHSS 10x10x1/2

1 1/2"1' - 1"

1 1/2"

DO NOT REMOVE EXISTINGCONCRETE WITHIN THIS AREA

2' -

4"

1' -

10"

2' -

4"

1' -

10"

1' - 10"

EXISTING COL.BASE PLATE

DO NOT REMOVE EXISTINGCONCRETE WITHIN THIS AREA

1' - 4"

1' -

4"

1 1

/2"

1 1/2"

4x 3/4" DIA. KWIK BOLT 3EXP. ANCHORSW/ 6 1/2" EMBED (TYP)

BASE PL.16"x16"x2"


1/4TYP

C1

(E) W14

HSS10x10

2" THKBASE PL

1

1

COMPACTEDBACKFILL (TYP)

3/4" DIA EXP ANCHOR


NEWFOUNDATION

1

1

CONCRETEENCASEMENT

EXISTINGFOOTING

3' -

3"

VA

RIE

S

NEW SLABON GRADE

2"

1' - 0"


6"

EXIST FDN

11' - 3"

NEW FDN

2' - 0"

NEW FDN

2' - 0"

3' - 0"2' - 7 1/2"2' - 0" 3' - 0" 2' - 7 1/2" 2' - 0"#5@12"DRILL THROUGH & EPOXYGROUTED INTO EXIST CONC

#5@12"DRILL THROUGH & EPOXYGROUTED INTO EXIST CONC

8#5(TYP)

10 1

/2"

1' -

9"

EL 7'-9"

3'-

10

"

6"

SEE NOTE5 (TYP)

6"

SEE DET 9 FORWOOD BLOCKINGAT EXCAVATION (TYP)

FOR DOWELSEE SECTION 3 (TYP)

EXCAVATIONLINE (TYP)

2"

1' - 4"

1' -

4"

1 1

/2"

1 1/2"

4x 3/4" DIA. KWIK BOLT 3EXP. ANCHORSW/ 6 1/2" EMBED (TYP)

BASE PL.16"x16"x2"


7" 9"

1

1

4" EXISTSOG

6" NEW SOGTO COMELATER

2x12 WOOD BLOCKINGSEE NOTES 3 & 4

ANCHOR AS REQUIRED

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

RA

KN

MF


STRUCTURAL

D:\T

EM

P\R

EV

IT\1

2354-C

PP

S-S

_A

Abdelrahm

an.r

vt

7/1

2/2

016 4

: 10:1

6 P

M

As indicated

S-118

GENERATOR ROOM – SECTIONS ANDDETAILS

168

JUNE 2016

(S-52,S-118)

1/2" = 1'-0"1

SECTION(S-52)

1/2" = 1'-0"4

SECTION 1/2" = 1'-0"

3SECTION

(S-52,S-118)

1/2" = 1'-0"5

FOOTING TOP VIEW 1/2" = 1'-0"

6FOOTING TOP VIEW

(S-52)

1" = 1'-0"7

BASE PLATE 1 - DETAIL

1/2" = 1'-0"2

SECTION

1" = 1'-0"8

BASE PLATE 2 - DETAIL

1"=1'-0"

1 0 1 2 FT

1/2"=1'-0"

01 1 42 3 5 FT

(S-118)

(S-118)

NOTES:

1. RETROFIT FOR FOOTING SHALL BE DONE IN TWO STAGES. THE EXCAVATION AT THE TOE OF THE RETAINING WALL SHOWN IN SECTION 4 SHALL MATCH THE EXTENT OF THE WORK ON THE FOOTING AND SHALL BE BACKFILLED BEFORE THE SECOND STAGE IS STARTED.

2. THE NEW REBARS ALONG THE EAST-WEST DIRECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH COUPLERS TO MAINTAIN THEIR CONTINUITY.

3. TO PREVENT EROSION OF SOIL FROM UNDERNEATH THE EXISTING SLAB ON GRADE, CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL WOOD BLOCKING AS SHOWN. THIS SHALL BE REMOVED BEFORE BACKFILLING OPERATIONS ARE DONE AND NEW SLAB ON GRADE POURED.

4. WHEN FOOTINGS ARE RETROFFITED IN THE GENERATOR BASEMENT, THERE SHALL BE NO LIVE LOAD (MATERIAL STOCKPILES OR HEAVY EQUIPMENT) PLACED ON THE SLAB-ON-GRADE ADJACENT TO THE CUT LOCATIONS.

5. FOR WATERSTOP AND VAPOR RETARDER, SEE 9/S-144. 1" = 1'-0"

9DETAIL

(S-118) (S-118)



1

AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOORAL ALUMINUMB/ BOTTOM OFCCCW CAPILLARY CRYSTALLINE CEMENTITIOUS WATERPROOFINGCOL COLUMNCONC CONCRETECMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNITCONT CONTINUOUSCRCT CHEMICAL RESISTANT CONCRETE TOPPINGCTR CENTERCL CENTER LINECTSK COUNTERSUNKCJ CONTROL JOINTCSU CAST STONE UNITFB FACE BRICKDIA DIAMETERDIM DIMENSIONDN DOWNDPC DUST PROOF COATINGDWG DRAWINGEA EACHEL ELEVATIONEQ EQUALEPDM ETHYLENE PROPYLENE DIENE

MONOMEREJ EXPANSION JOINTEXP EXPOSEDEXT EXTERIORFE FIRE EXTINGUISHERFD FLOOR DRAINFDR FABRIC DOORFLR FLOORFLTR FILTERFP FIREPROOFINGFRJS FIRE RATED JOINT SYSTEMFR FRAMEFRP FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC

(FIBERGLASS)GA GAUGEGLV GALVANIZEDGR GRADEGT GLAZING TYPEHDCT HIGH DENSITY CONCRETE TOPPINGHVAC HEATING VENTILATION AND

AIR CONDITIONINGHT HEIGHTHPT HIGH POINTHM HOLLOW METALHORIZ HORIZONTALHR HOURINSUL INSULATIONINT INTERIORIPS IRON PIPE SIZEJT JOINTLPT LOW POINTMAT MATERIALMAX MAXIMUMMECH MECHANICALMIN MINIMUMMO MASONRY OPENINGML MATCH LINENC NON-COMBUSTIBLENIC NOT IN CONTRACTNOM NOMINALNO NUMBEROC ON CENTEROCV ON CENTER VERTICALLYOCH ON CENTER HORIZONTALLYOHCD OVERHEAD COILING DOOROPP OPPOSITEOPNG OPENINGPC PRECASTPFCMU PRE-FACED CONCRETE

MASONRY UNITPTD PAINTEDPVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDEREINF REINFORCEMENTRD ROOF DRAINRM ROOMSATC SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL

TILE CEILINGSBS STYRENE BUTADIENE STYRENESGU STRUCTURAL GLAZED UNIT

(STRUCTURAL GLAZED BRICK, (STRUCTURAL GLAZED TILE)SIM SIMILARSPECS SPECIFICATIONSSS STAINLESS STEELSTD STANDARDSTL STEELT/ TOP OFTWP TRANSLUCENT WALL PANELTYP TYPICALU.O.N UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTEDVCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILEVERT VERTICALVEST VESTIBULEVRC VERTICAL RECIPROCATING

CONVEYORVYNL VINYLW/ WITHW/O WITHOUT

ABBREVIATIONS

ELEVATION CALLOUT

SECTION CALLOUT

DETAIL CALLOUT

DETAIL BOUNDARYCALLOUT

COLUMN CENTER LINE

WALL TYPE

WINDOW TYPE

DOOR TYPE

ROOM NAMEAND NUMBER

FLOOR ELEVATION

FIRE EXTINGUISHERLOCATIONS ON PLANS

EGRESS PATH ANDTRAVEL DISTANCE(300') MAXIMUM ALLOWED

VAPOR BARRIER

SYMBOLS

EXTENT OFDEMOLITION WORK

SIGNAGE TYPE

FURNITURE TYPE

E.01A3.00

Room name

101

VIEW NAMESCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

1R101

NameElevation

1

A101

SIM

1i

1t

101C

VIEW TITLE

1A101

1A101

04

SIM

MATCHLINEML

00

000

INTERIOR ELEVATIONCALLOUT

FE

FACE BRICK STYLE TYPE01

EXISTING WALL

SPRAY-ON FIREPROOFING

1. CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK: BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK THOROUGHLY EXAMINECONDITIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE TO ENSURE THAT THE WORK CAN PROCEED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THECONTRACT DOCUMENTS. REPORT CONDITIONS FOUND WHICH WILL ADVERSELY AFFECT THE WORK TO THEOWNER AND THE COMMISSIONER PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK.

2. DIMENSIONS: UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR INDICATED, DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURALDRAWINGS ARE INDICATED TO FACE OF MASONRY.

3. DIMENSIONAL VERIFICATION: BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK VERIFY ALL ASSOCIATEDDIMENSIONS. REPORT ANY DIMENSIONAL VARIATIONS BETWEEN FIELD CONDITIONS AND PROPOSED WORKWHICH WILL ADVERSELY AFFECT THE WORK TO THE COMMISSIONER PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. DO NOT SCALEDRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE

4. NOTES: NOTES APPEAR ON VARIOUS DRAWINGS FOR DIFFERENT SYSTEMS AND MATERIALS. REVIEWALL SHEETS AND APPLY NOTES TO RELATED BUILDING COMPONENTS. REFER TO COMPLETE SET OF ISSUEDCONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR OTHER APPLICABLE NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS, AND SYMBOLS.

5. GRAPHIC REPRESENTATION: ITEMS NOT NOTED ON DRAWINGS ARE TO BE CONSIDERED THE SAME ASNOTED ITEMS WHICH ARE GRAPHICALLY REPRESENTED IN THE SAME MANNER, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

6. DISSIMILAR METALS: ISOLATE DISSIMILAR METALS TO PREVENT GALVANIC ACTION.

7. ANCHORAGE OF SYSTEMS: ANCHOR DOORS, WINDOWS, LOUVERS, CURTAIN WALLS, CLADDING, ETC.TO STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS OR MASONRY WALLS. DO NOT ANCHOR TO BLOCKING, VENEERS OR FINISHES.

8. ADJACENT WORK: WHERE MATERIALS ARE APPLIED TO, OR ARE IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH WORKINSTALLED BY ANOTHER SUBCONTRACTOR, COMMENCEMENT OF WORK IMPLIES ACCEPTANCE OF THESUBSTRATES AS SUITABLE FOR THE APPLICATION INTENDED.

9. DOORS: PROVIDE ALL DOOR OPENINGS 8" FROM INTERSECTING WALLS IN MASONRY WALLS AND 12"FROM INTERSECTING WALLS IN CONCRETE WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

10. MASONRY BACK-UPS: SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DESIGN OF CMU AND CONCRETE BACK-UPS.

11. RATED CONSTRUCTION: PROVIDE PARTITION TYPES AND FIRE RESISTIVE RATINGS INDICATED ON AWALL TO BE CONTINUOUS FOR THE LENGTH AND HEIGHT OF THE PARTITION. MAINTAIN FIRE RATING OFCONSTRUCTION AROUND CABINETS, PANELS, AND BOXES RECESSED IN FIRE RATED WALLS, FLOORS ANDCEILING ASSEMBLIES.

12. RATED FINISHES: ALL INTERIOR FINISHES MATERIALS ARE CLASS A.

13. RATED PENETRATIONS: SEAL OPENINGS IN RATED WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS AND ROOF ASSEMBLIESWITH PENETRATION SEALANT SYSTEMS MEETING OR EXCEEDING THE REQUIRED FIRE RESISTIVE RATINGS.

14. FIRESTOPPING AT CONCEALED SPACES: PROVIDE FIRESTOPPING AT CONCEALED SPACES WITHINPARTITIONS, WALLS, FLOORS, ROOFS, STAIRS, FURRING, PIPE SPACES, COLUMN ENCLOSURES, ETC.

15. FIRE SAFING: PROVIDE CONTINUOUS PERIMETER FIRE SAFING BETWEEN FLOORS AND COORDINATETHE INSTALLATION WITH THE EXTERIOR WALLS. MATCH FIRE RATING OF SAFING WITH FIRE RATING OFFLOOR CONSTRUCTION

16. FALL PROTECTION: PROVIDE GUARDS AT ELEVATION CHANGES OF MORE THAN 30” UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED.

17. GAPS ADJACENT TO EQUIPMENT: PROVIDE CLOSURE PLATES, ANGLES AND OTHER MATERIALS ASREQUIRED TO ENSURE THAT NO GAP BETWEEN ANY EQUIPMENT AND THE FLOOR OR ADJACENT WALKINGSURFACE IS GREATER THAN 1-INCH.

18. OTHER DISCIPLINES: SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR NOTES REFERRING TO LIVE AND DEAD LOADS,STRUCTURAL WORK, AND FOUNDATIONS. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR HVAC AND PLUMBING WORK. SEEELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK.

19. BELOW GRADE WALL INSULATION: PROVIDE 1 1/2-INCH (R 7.5 MIN) BELOW GRADE WALL INSULATIONWHERE INDICATED IN PLAN.

20. ADA COMPLIANCE: TO THE GREATEST EXTENT FEASIBLE, EXISTING FACILITIES HAVE BEEN ALTERED INSUCH MANNER THAT THE ALTERED PORTION OF THE FACILITY IS USABLE BY INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES.ALERT COMMISSIONER OF STRUCTURAL IMPEDIMENTS PREVENTING COMPLIANCE WITH ADA PROVISIONSIDENTIFIED IN DRAWINGS.

GENERAL NOTES

A R C H I T E C T S

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.

100 SOUTH WACKER DRIVE, SUITE 1400 CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60606-4003

AS SHOWN

C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-A_o

chav

ez.r

vt7 /

21/2

0 16

12: 4

9:18

PM

A-1

JJS

GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS ANDABBREVIATIONS & PERSPECTIVES

206

ARCHITECTURE

JL

TCB

MAY 2016

NO. DATE APPD DESCRIPTION1 07/15/16 TCB ADDENDUM NO. 3

1

EXISTING RAILTO BE RESTORED

MECHANICALLY FASTENED 1/4" X 4" STL PLATEPAINTED TO MATCH RAIL

VE

RIF

Y I N

FIE

L D

3' -

6"

EXISTINGELECTRICAL FIXTURE

EXISTING POST TO BERESTORED

AFTER REMOVAL OF RAIL, PREPARESURFACE FOR REINSTALLATION -VERIFY ALL ANCHOR POINTS ARESOUND AND TRUE. REPAIR ASNEEDED

10' -

6"

EXISTING RAILTO BE RESTORED

MECHANICALLY FASTENED 1/4" X 4" STL PLATEPAINTED TO MATCH RAIL

EXISTINGELECTRICAL FIXTURE

EXISTING POST TO BERESTORED

AFTER REMOVAL OF RAIL, PREPARESURFACE FOR REINSTALLATION -VERIFY ALL ANCHOR POINTS ARESOUND AND TRUE. REPAIR ASNEEDED

1' -

6"

1' -

6"

3' -

0"

NEWLY EXPOSEDEXISTING TERRACOTTASEE RESTORATIONNOTES 7 AND 8

EXISTING BUILDINGBRICK

EXISTING FACE BRICK

A R C H I T E C T S

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


AS SHOWN

C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-A_o

chav

ez.r

vt7 /

21/2

0 16

10: 0

7:58

AM

A-6

JJS

MASONRY AND TERRACOTTARESTORATION DETAILS

211

ARCHITECTURE

JL

TCB

MAY 2016

RESTORATION NOTES:1. REMOVE EXISTING HISTORIC RAILS FROM PUMP ROOM AND

STORE SAFELY AWAY FROM ANY ELEMENT THAT MIGHT CAUSEDAMAGE.

2. REMOVE AND STORE ELECTRICAL FIXTURE AND ALL OF ITSCOMPONENTS. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR HANDLING ANDSTORING.

3. RAILS SHOULD BE BLAST CLEANED AND REPAINTED - SEE HZDRAWINGS.

4. REPLACE ANY DAMAGED COMPONENTS - USE SALVAGED RAILSNOT USED FOR REINSTALLATION FOR COMPONENTREPLACEMENT.

5. REPAINT RAILS ACCORDING TO SPECIFICATIONS - COLOR TO BESELECTED BY THE COMMISSIONER.

6. REINSTALL RAILS WITH STAINLESS STEEL ANCHOR BOLTSPROVIDING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS PER CODE.

7. REMOVE PAINT PER SPECIFICATION AND SEE HZ DWG8. PATCH AND RESTORE TERRACOTTA PER SPECIFICATION9. PROVIDE NEW COMPASS ROSE BASED ON LASER CUT PLASTIC

OF CUSTOM PIECES.10. COMPASS ROSE ORIENTATION IS TO MATCH PLANTS TRUE

NORTH.11. PROVIDE SAMPLE LETTERS FOR COMPASS ROSE ORIENTATION

(N,S,E,W). COMPASS ROSE ORIENTATION LETTERS ARE TO BESELECTED BY THE COMMISSIONER.

SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"2

EXISTING RAILING TO BE RESTORED - CONDITION 1

1/2"=1'-0"01 1 42 3 5 FT

1"=1'-0"1 0 1 2 FT

SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"1

COMPASS ROSE RESTORATION

SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"3

EXISTING RAILING TO BE RESTORED - CONDITION 2

SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"4

TERRACOTTA RESTORATION


1

1

DOOR TYPE 1 DOOR TYPE 2

M.O.

M.O

.

DOOR TYPE 4

NOTE:1. GLAZING IN NON RATED DOOR TO BE GT-22. GLAZING IN RATED DOORS TO BE GT-53. SEE SCHEDULE FOR WIDTH AND HEIGHT OF M.O.4. SEE SCHEDULE FOR DIMENSION OF FR.5. ALL RATED DOORS TO BE PROVIDED CLOSERS.ADDITIONALLY, SEE HGARDWARE SPECIFICATION FORREQUIREMENT FOR CLOSERS AT NON-RATEDDOORS.6. ALL DOORS ARE KEYLESS IN THE DIRECTION OFEGRESS.7. GLAZING IN DOORS TO BE SAFETY TYPE, SEESPECIFICATIONS.

DOOR TYPE 3

EQ EQ VARIES 3' - 0"FR

VARIESFR

M.O

.

M.O.

8" 1' - 8"

3' -

6"3'

- 4"

10"

6"

8" 1' - 8"

3' -

6"3'

- 4"

DOOR TYPE 7 DOOR TYPE 8 DOOR TYPE 9

8"

DOOR TYPE 5

FRVARIES

FR FRVARIES

FR

1' - 2"

M.O

.

M.O.

M.O

.

M.O.

EQ EQ

EQEQ

M.O

.

M.O.

M.O

.

M.O.

M.O

.

M.O

.

M.O.M.O.

FRVARIES

FR FRVARIES

FREQ EQ

FRVARIES

FR

FRVARIES

FR

FRVA

RIE

S

FRVA

RIE

S

VAR

IES

FR FRVA

RIE

S

6" 6"

VAR

IES

FR

VAR

IES

FR

VAR

IES

FR

DOOR TYPE 6

EQ EQ

FRVARIES

FR

M.O

.

M.O.

VAR

IES

FR

5' -

7"

1' -

0"

EQ EQ

EQ EQ1' - 2" 8"

1' -

0"

1' - 2"8"

FINISHEDFLOOR

CARDREADER

DOORLEAF

ELECTRIFIEDLOCK

ELECTRIFIEDHINGE (TYP)

CONDUIT (TYP)

JUNCTIONBOX (TYP)

FINISHED CEILING(WHERE APPLICABLE)

SECURED SIDE UNSECURED SIDE

FINISHED CEILING(WHERE APPLICABLE)

SECURED SIDE UNSECURED SIDE

FINISHEDFLOOR

CARDREADER

DOORLEAF

ELECTRIFIEDLOCK

ELECTRIFIEDHINGE (TYP)

CONDUIT (TYP)

JUNCTIONBOX (TYP)

3' -

8" 8 1/8"

SEE FIRE PROTECTION, HVAC, ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR COMPONENTS REQUIRED ATEACH DOOR. ELEVATIONS SHOWS ALL POSSIBLE COMPONENTS AT EACH DOOR. PLACEALL COMPONENTS IN ORDER SHOWN FROM DOOR JAMB AT LEVER SIDE AND FROMFINISHED FLOOR. IF NOT ALL COMPONENTS ARE REQUIRED AT DOOR, DELETE THOSECOMPONENTS AND SHIFT ALL OTHERS TOWARD DOOR JAMB TO FILL THOSE SPACES. ATDOORS WITHOUT WALL SPACE DIRECTLY ADJACENT TO DOOR LEVER, PLACECOMPONENTS ON WALL PERPENDICULAR TO DOOR.

A R C H I T E C T S

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


AS SHOWN

C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-A_o

chav

ez.r

vt

A-9

JJS

SCHEDULES AND DETAILS - SHEET 1 -DOORS

214

ARCHITECTURE

JL

TCB

MAY 2016

SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"3

DOOR AND FRAME TYPES

DOOR SCHEDULE

ROOM NO.DOOR

NO. TYPE

ROUGH OPENING DOOR FRAMEUL

LABEL

FIRERATING

(HR) HARDWARE COMMENTSWIDTH HEIGHT THICKNESS MTL JAMB HEAD MTLAREA A

100 2 7 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2 SIGNAGE - TYPE I100 1 4 12' - 0" 10' - 0" A-11 -- -- MOTOR OPERATED OHCD WITH SCREEN

AREA B117 1 3 5' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 1/A-10 2/A-10 STL -- -- UNEVEN DOOR PANELS117 2 5 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2 SIGNAGE - TYPE I117 3 5 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2 SIGNAGE - TYPE I121 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 1/A-10 2/A-10 STL A 3 SIGNAGE - TYPE I121 2 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 1/A-10 2/A-10 STL -- --207 1 1 3' - 4" 7' - 4" 1 3/4" STL STL A 3 SIGNAGE - TYPE I207 2 5 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2 SIGNAGE - TYPE I207 3 4 9' - 8" 10' - 0" A-11 -- -- -- MANUAL/ CHAIN OPERATED OHCD - WALL

MOUNTED

R1 2 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 1/A-10 2/A-10 STL -- -- SIGNAGE - TYPE IAREA C

B106 1 2 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL A 3B107 1 2 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL A 3101 1 2 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 5/A-10 6/A-10 STL -- --102 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL C 3/4103 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL -- --104 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL -- --105 1 8 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL -- -- SIGNAGE - TYPE I106 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL -- --107 1 7 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL C 3/4108 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 1/A-10 2/A-10 STL B 1 1/2108 2 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 5/A-10 6/A-10 STL -- --109 1 4 10' - 0" 14' - 0" -- A-11 -- -- -- MOTOR OPERATED OHCD - WALL MOUNTED109 2 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 1/A-10 2/A-10 STL A 3109 3 4 10' - 0" 10' - 0" -- A-11 -- A 3 MOTOR OPERATED OHCD - WALL MOUNTED110 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 1/A-10 2/A-10 STL A 3111 1 7 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL -- 4/A-10 STL C 3/4111 2 9 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL -- -- SIGNAGE - TYPE I112 1 5 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2 SIGNAGE - NOT AN EXIT - BOTH SIDES

112B 1 2 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 1/A-10 2/A-10 STL A 3 KNURLEDHARDWARE

112B 2 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 1/A-10 2/A-10 A 3112B 3 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 1/A-10 2/A-10 STL A 3113 1 7 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL STL C 3/4

113B 1 9 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL -- 4/A-10 STL -- --114 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 1/A-10 2/A-10 STL -- --115 1 9 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL -- 4/A-10 STL -- --116 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 1/A-10 2/A-10 STL -- --201 1 8 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL -- -- KNURLED

HARDWARE

201 2 5 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2 SIGNAGE - TYPE I202 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL -- --204 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL -- --205 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL -- --206 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL -- --210 1 5 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2 SIGNAGE - TYPE I220 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL -- --221 1 8 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL -- -- KNURLED

HARDWARE

R1 2 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 1/A-10 2/A-10 STL -- -- SIGNAGE - TYPE IAREA D

B102 1 5 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2 SIGNAGE - TYPE IB102 2 5 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2 SIGNAGE - TYPE IB102 3 4 14' - 0" 10' - 0" -- A-11 -- A 3 MOTOR OPERATED - 3HR RATEDB103 1 8 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL C 3/4B103 2 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2 SIGNAGE - DANGER -CONFINED SPACE- ENTER

BY PERMIT ONLY

B104 1 8 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL C 3/4B109 1 8 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL C 3/4B110 1 8 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL C 3/4B110 2 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 7/A-10 SIM TO JAMB STL A 3B111 1 8 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL C 3/4B113 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL -- --B115 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2 SIGNAGE - TYPE I122 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL A 3122 2 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL A 3 SIGNAGE - NOT AN EXIT123 1 2 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL A 3123 2 2 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL A 3124 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL A 3 CLASS A FIRE DOOR - 1 DR AUTOMATIC-OTHER

DR AUTOMATIC OR SELF-CLOSING

124 2 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL A 3 SIGNAGE - NOT AN EXIT124 3 4 12' - 0" 14' - 0" -- A-11 -- -- -- MOTOR OPERATED OHCD WITH SCREEN124 4 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 1/A-10 2/A-10 STL A 3 SIGNAGE - NOT AN EXIT125 1 2 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 5/A-10 6/A-10 STL -- --208 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL A 3 SIGNAGE - TYPE I208 2 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL A 3208 3 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 5/A-10 6/A-10 STL A 3 SIGNAGE - TYPE I208 4 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL A 3209 1 6 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL -- --209 2 5 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2 SIGNAGE - TYPE I211 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL A 3 SIGNAGE - TYPE I211 2 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 5/A-10 6/A-10 STL A 3 SIGNAGE - TYPE I224 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 1/A-10 2/A-10 STL B 1 1/2 SIGNAGE - NOT AN EXIT301 1 8 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 5/A-10 6/A-10 STL -- -- SIGNAGE - TYPE I301 2 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 5/A-10 6/A-10 STL A 3 SIGNAGE - TYPE I301 3 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 1/A-10 2/A-10 STL A 3 SIGNAGE - TYPE I302 1 5 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 5/A-10 6/A-10 STL B 1 1/2 SIGNAGE - TYPE I322 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 7/A-10 SIM TO JAMB STL A 3 SIGNAGE - TYPE IR3 1 1 3' - 4" 7' - 4" 1 3/4" STL 5/A-10 6/A-10 STL -- -- SIGNAGE - TYPE IR3 2 1 3' - 4" 7' - 4" 1 3/4" STL 5/A-10 6/A-10 STL -- -- SIGNAGE - TYPE IR3 3 1 3' - 4" 7' - 4" 1 3/4" STL 5/A-10 6/A-10 STL -- -- SIGNAGE - TYPE I

AREA E126 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL -- -- SIGNAGE - TYPE I126 2 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL A 3 SIGNAGE - TYPE I127 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2128 1 2 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 5/A-10 6/A-10 STL -- --128 2 7 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL -- -- SIGNAGE - TYPE I128 3 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL A 3 SIGNAGE - TYPE I129 1 2 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL A 3 SIGNAGE - TYPE I129 2 2 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 5/A-10 6/A-10 STL -- --130 1 5 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2130 2 6 10' - 0" 10' - 0" -- A-11 -- B 1 1/2 MOTOR OPERATED OHCD - WALL MOUNTED130 3 5 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2130 4 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL A 3 SIGNAGE - TYPE I130 5 5 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2 SIGNAGE - TYPE I131 1 8 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL C 3/4132 1 2 6' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2132 2 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2133 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 5/A-10 6/A-10 STL -- --133 2 5 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL B 1 1/2 SIGNAGE - TYPE IR2 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 5/A-10 6/A-10 STL -- --

AREA FCEE 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 5/A-10 6/A-10 STL A 3CEE 2 4 16' - 0" 12' - 0" -- A-11 -- A 3 MANUAL/ CHAIN OPERATED OHCDCEE 3 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 10/A-10 11/A-10 STL A 3CEW 1 1 3' - 4" 8' - 0" 1 3/4" STL 5/A-10 6/A-10 STL A 3CEW 2 4 16' - 0" 12' - 0" -- A-11 -- A 3 MANUAL/ CHAIN OPERATED OHCD

1/4"=1'-0"4 0 4 8 FT

1 1/2"=1'-0"1 0 1 FT

DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES:1. SIGNAGE TYPE I TO BE MOUNTED ON OPPOSITE FACE

OF DOORS IN RELATION TO THE DIRECTION OFEGRESS. REFER TO LIFE SAFETY SHEETS.

SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1

ELECTRIFIED DOOR HARDWARE

SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"2

DOOR SECURITY COMPONENTS


1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

A R C H I T E C T S

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


AS SHOWN

C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-A_o

chav

ez.r

vt7 /

21/2

0 16

10: 4

6:37

AM

A-12

JJS

SCHEDULES AND DETAILS - SHEET 4 -ROOMS AND OPENINGS

217

ARCHITECTURE

JL

TCB

MAY 2016

OPENING SCHEDULE

TYPER.O.

QTY MAT FINISHDETAILS

COMMENTSWIDTH HEIGHT HEAD JAMB SILL1 9' - 10" 9' - 9" 5 AL CLEAR ANODIZED 12/ A-88 3/ A-91 11/A-88 LOUVER WITH SECURITY GRILL2 9' - 10" 8' - 3" 5 AL CLEAR ANODIZED 12/ A-88 SIM 3/ A-91 13/A-88 LOUVER WITH SECURITY GRILL3 9' - 10" 9' - 1" 1 AL CLEAR ANODIZED 14/ A-88 3/ A-88 13/A-88 SIM LOUVER4 4' - 3" 9' - 9" 3 AL CLEAR ANODIZED 12/ A-88 3/ A-91 11/A-88 LOUVER WITH SECURITY GRILL5 4' - 3" 8' - 3" 3 AL CLEAR ANODIZED 12/ A-88 SIM 3/ A-91 13/A-88 LOUVER WITH SECURITY GRILL6 11' - 8" 11' - 8" 2 AL CLEAR ANODIZED 10/A-88 11/ A-90 9/ A-88 LOUVER8 3' - 11" 1' - 0" 1 AL CLEAR ANODIZED 12/ A-88 SIM 3/ A-88 15/A-88 SIM LOUVER9 10' - 0" 3' - 7" 3 AL CLEAR ANODIZED 16/A-88 2/ A-88 15/A-88 LOUVER10 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 1 AL CLEAR ANODIZED 12/ A-88 SIM 3/ A-88 15/A-88 SIM LOUVER

ROOM FINISH SCHEDULEROOM

NUMBER ROOM NAME FLOOR ELEVFINISH CEILING

HEIGHT COMMENTSFLOOR BASE WALL CEILINGAREA A

B101 PUMP ROOM -18.00 HDCT HDCT PTD PTD INCLUDING PUMP PLATFORMS 1-5100 MAINTENANCE OBSERVATION 25.00 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING

AREA BSTAIR D STAIR D 33.00 PTD -- PTD PTD

117 STORAGE 20.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTD119 STORAGE 25.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTD121 EXIT CORRIDOR 20.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTD

STAIR D STAIR D 20.00 PTD -- PTD PTD207 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR 33.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTD

AREA CSTAIR A STAIR A 42.50 PTD -- PTD PTD

B106 POINT OF ENTRY ROOM 14.04 PTD HDCT PTD/GYPSUM

PTD PROVIDE GYPSUM OVER PLYWOODFINISHED WALL

B107 BOILER ROOM 11.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTDB113 ELEVATOR CONTROL ROOM 11.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTDB114 FREIGHT ELEVATOR PTD VYNL PTD PTD

STAIR A STAIR A 21.58 PTD -- PTD PTD101 ENTRY LOBBY 21.58 HDCT HDCT PFCMU SATC 10' - 0"102 SECURITY OFFICE 21.58 HDCT HDCT PFCMU SATC 9' - 0"103 TOILET 21.58 HDCT HDCT PFCMU SATC 9' - 0"104 STORAGE 21.58 HDCT HDCT PFCMU SATC 9' - 0"105 CORRIDOR 21.58 HDCT HDCT PFCMU SATC 10' - 0"106 TOILET 21.58 HDCT HDCT PFCMU SATC 9' - 0"107 LUNCH ROOM 21.58 HDCT HDCT PFCMU SATC 9' - 0"108 EXIT CORRIDOR 21.58 PTD VYNL PTD PTD109 LOADING DOCK 21.58 PTD VYNL PTD PTD110 LUBE OIL STORAGE 21.58 PTD VYNL PTD PTD111 BREAK/ MEETING ROOM 21.58 HDCT HDCT PFCMU SATC 10' - 0"112 CORRIDOR 21.58 HDCT HDCT PFCMU SATC 10' - 0"

112B UPPER CORRIDOR 25.00 HDCT HDCT PFCMU SATC 9' - 0"113 CONTROL ROOM 25.00 HDCT HDCT PFCMU SATC 9' - 0"

113 B SECURITY SERVER ROOM 25.00 HDCT HDCT PTD/GYPSUM

SATC 9' - 6" PROVIDE GYPSUM OVER PLYWOODFINISHED WALL

114 SCADA SERVER ROOM 25.00 HDCT HDCT PTD/GYPSUM

SATC 9' - 6" PROVIDE GYPSUM OVER PLYWOODFINISHED WALL

115 CHIEF'S AND ASST CHIEF'S OFFICE 25.00 HDCT HDCT PFCMU SATC 9' - 0"116 TOILET 25.00 HDCT HDCT PFCMU SATCOTB BOILER ROOM 11.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTD

STAIR A STAIR A 27.50 PTD -- PTD PTD201 FIRE PREVENTION ROOM 37.50 PTD VYNL PTD PTD202 LOCKER ROOM NO2 37.50 HDCT HDCT PFCMU SATC 9' - 0"204 JANITOR 37.50 PTD VYNL PTD PTD205 LOCKER ROOM NO1 37.50 HDCT HDCT PFCMU SATC 9' - 0"206 ARCHIVES 37.50 PTD VYNL PFCMU SATC 9' - 0"220 STORAGE 37.50 PTD VYNL PFCMU SATC 9' - 0"223 VESTIBULE 42.50 PTD VYNL PTD PTD/GYPSUM 9' - 0"

STAIR A STAIR A 37.50 PTD -- PTD PTD303 VESTIBULE HDCT HDCT PFCMU SATC 9' - 0"

STAIR A STAIR A 54.50 PTD -- PTD PTDAREA D

212 VESTIBULE HDCT PFCMU SATC 9' - 0"STAIR E STAIR E 21.58 PTD -- PTD PTD

HVAC PLENUM 11.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTDMECHANICAL SHAFT 11.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTDSTORAGE (STACK) 33.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTD

B102 CORRIDOR 11.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTDB103 PARTS ROOM 11.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTDB104 WELDING SHOP 11.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTDB105 WELDING STORAGE 11.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTDB109 ELECTRICAL SHOP 11.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTD

B109-B ELECTRICAL STORAGE 11.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTDB110 EXIT CORRIDOR 18.08 PTD VYNL PTD PTDB110 MECHANICAL SHOP 11.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTD

B110-B MECHANICAL STORAGE 11.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTDB111 PIPE FITTER SHOP 11.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTD

B111-B PIPE FITTER STORAGE 11.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTDB112 VRC 11.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTDB115 FUEL RETURN TANK ROOM 11.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTD

STAIR B STAIR B 11.00 PTD -- PTD PTDSTAIR C STAIR C 11.00 PTD -- PTD PTD

122 CORRIDOR 27.50 PTD VYNL PTD SATC 9' - 0"123 PARALLELING SWITCHGEAR ROOM 27.50 PTD VYNL PTD PTD124 GENERATOR ROOM 27.50 PTD VYNL PTD PTD125 STORAGE 20.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTD208 CORRIDOR 42.50 PTD VYNL PTD SATC 10' - 0"

STAIR B STAIR B 27.50 PTD -- PTD PTDSTAIR C STAIR C 27.50 PTD -- PTD PTDSTAIR F STAIR F PTD -- PTD PTD

209 MECHANICAL ROOM NO1 42.50 PTD VYNL PTD PTD210 CORRIDOR 37.50 PTD VYNL PTD SATC 10' - 0"211 EXIT CORRIDOR 42.50 PTD VYNL PTD PTD221 MECHANICAL ROOM NO 3 37.50 PTD VYNL PTD PTD222 FUEL OIL STORAGE AREA 35.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTD224 STORAGE 32.00 PTD VYNL PTD PTDOTB GENERATOR ROOM 42.50 PTD VYNL PTD PTD

STAIR B STAIR B 42.50 PTD -- PTD PTD301 CORRIDOR 54.50 PTD VYNL PTD SATC 10' - 0"302 MECHANICAL ROOM NO. 2 54.50 PTD VYNL PTD PTDOTB GENERATOR ROOM 54.50 DPC VYNL GLAZED

BRICKPTD

401 ROOF ACCESS AREA 81.33 PTD VYNL PTD PTDAREA E

126 BATTERY ROOM 21.58 PTD VYNL PTD PTD127 BATTERY CHARGER ROOM 21.58 PTD VYNL PTD PTD128 VESTIBULE 21.58 PTD VYNL PTD PTD129 CORRIDOR 21.58 PTD VYNL PTD PTD130 VFD ROOM 21.58 PTD VYNL PTD PTD131 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR ROOM 21.58 PTD VYNL PTD PTD132 ELECTRICAL STORAGE 21.58 PTD VYNL PTD PTD133 CORRIDOR 21.58 PTD VYNL PTD PTD

AREA F01 WEST ROOM 21.58 PTD VYNL PTD PTD02 EAST ROOM 21.58 PTD VYNL PTD PTD

NOTES:1. CLEAN AND RESTORE ALL EXISTING MASONRY

SURFACES TO REMAIN.2. WHERE PAINTED, STRIP MASONRY WALLS - SEE HZ

DRAWINGS - AND REPAINT PER SPECIFICATIONS.3. PROVIDE MOISTURE RESISTANT CERAMIC SATC AT

LOCKER ROOMS AND SHOWERS

NO. DATE APPD DESCRIPTION1 6/20/16 TCB ADDENDUM NO. 12 07/15/16 TCB ADDENDUM NO. 3

1

2

2

DNDN

DN

D

6A 7 8 9

E

F

G

5

MA

TC

HLI

NE

- S

EE

DR

AW

ING

1 /

A-2

1 F

OR

CO

NT

INU

AT

I ON

MATCHLINE - SEE DRAWING1 / A-26 FOR CONTINUATION

DEMOLISHCONCRETE STAIRS

ELECTIRCAL SHOP

STORAGE

18' - 11" 16' - 0" 16' - 0" 16' - 0"

17' -

6"

17' -

8"

17' -

6"

14.10'

E9

G2

D

6A 7 8 9 10

E

F

G

ML

ML

LOADINGDOCK

TOILET

LOADING DOCK

GENERATOR ROOM

ELECTRICAL SHOP

ASSIT. CHIEFOPERATING

ENGINEER'S OFFICE

TOILET

GAS

FITTER'S SHOP

5

DEMOLISHRAMP

17' -

6"

17' -

8"

17' -

6"

18' - 11" 16' - 0" 16' - 0" 16' - 0" 19' - 2 1/2"

KITCHEN

57' - 8"

42' -

8"

DEMOLISH DOORS

E2

E9

G2

10.2

11.9

11.9

DEMOLISH MACHINESHOP STRUCTURE

DEMOLISH PLUMBINGFIXTURES

A R C H I T E C T S

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


AS SHOWN

C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-A_o

chav

ez.r

vt7 /

21/2

0 16

10: 1

1:58

AM

A-24

JJS

AREA C - DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN AT EL+11.00, +14.04, +21.58 AND +25.00

229

ARCHITECTURE

JL

TCB

MAY 2016

SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1

PARTIAL DEMOLITION PLAN AT EL +11.00 TO +14.04

SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"2


A

FILLMORE ST

CE

NT

RA

L P

AR

K A

VE

B

C

D E F

KEY PLAN

8 0 8 16 FT1/8"=1'-0"

DEMOLITION NOTES

1 CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE AND THOROUGHLYCLEAN ALL SPACES OF ANY CHEMICALS, ASHESOR OTHER CONTAMINATION BEFORE NEWCONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ARE TO BEGIN.

2 REFER TO HZ DRAWINGS AND RELATEDSPECIFICATIONS FOR REMEDIATION, ABATEMENT,REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL PROCEDURESREQUIRED FOR DEMOLITION WORK.

3 REFER TO S DRAWINGS AND RELATEDSPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITIONNOTES REGARDING STRUTURAL STEEL ANDCONCRETE.

4 ALL MATERIALS CONTAINING ASBESTOS,LEAD-BASED PAINT, MERCURY AND PCDB’S TO BEABATED/REMOVED PER THE ENVIRONMENTALREPORT, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.

5 EXISTING EGRESS PATHS MUST NOT BE ALTEREDOR OBSTRUCTED IN ANY WAY DURING WORK ATANY TIME.

6 EXECUTE THE DEMOLITION WORK IN A CAREFULAND ORDERLY MANNER WITH MINIMALDISTURBANCE TO BUILDING OCCUPANTS.

7 VERIFY EXTENT OF DEMOLITION SHOWN ON THEDEMOLITION DRAWINGS IS APPROPIATE TOPERMIT THE NEW WORK TO BE ACCOMPLISHED.ANY DAMAGE WHICH MAY BE CAUSED TO ANYPART OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN ASA RESULT OF DEMOLITION WORK MUST BE THERESPONSIBILITY OF AND BE CORRECTED BY THECONTRACTOR.

8 ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN WALLS AND COLUMNSDAMAGED BY DEMOLITION WORK MUST BEPATCHED BY CONTRACTOR.

9 PROTECT ALL FLOORS AND WALLS IN EXSITINGAREA DURING TRASH REMOVAL. NO TRASH ORMATERIAL MAY BE STORED IN EXISTINGCONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN.

10 UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION WORK,REMOVE ALL MATERIALS AND RUBBISH OF ANYSORT AND LEAVE CONSTRUCTION PREMISESCLEAN.

11 TEMPORARY WEATHER TIGHT CONSTRUCTION TOBE INSTALLED UNTIL PROPOSED CONSTRUCTIONIS IN PLACE FOR OPENINGS RESULTING FROMDEMOLITION WORK REQUIRED FOR PROPOSEDWORK.

12 EXISTING HANDRAILS AT ABANDONEDCONDENSATE PITS TO BE REMOVED,REFURBISHED AND STORED FOR USE AT OTHERLOCATIONS.

13 REFER TO PROCESS, PLUMBING ANDSTRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OFEQUIPMENT PITS TO REMAIN.

14 PROVIDE 4" KICK PLATE AT ALL EXISTING ANDNEW HANDRAILS. EXISTING HANDRAILS TO BEABATED PER HZ DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION.


1

11

D

6A 7 8 9 10 12

E

F

G

ML

MECHANICALSHAFT

PLUMBINGSHAFT

LOCKER AREA

HVAC AREA

LOCKER ROOM LOCKER ROOM TRAINING ROOM MECHANICS SHOP

KITCHEN AREA

5

MATCHLINE - SEE DRAWING1 / A-28 FOR CONTINUATION

17' -

6"

17' -

8"

17' -

6"

E2

E9

G2

10.2 11.9

DEMOLISHSTAIR

DEMOLISHWINDOW DEMOLISH

WINDOW

DEMOLISH HATCHAND MONORAILABOVE

DEMOLISH RAILINGS, HOISTAND FLOOR HATCH.FILL OPENING PER S DWG

D

6A 7 8 9 10

E

F

G

ML

ML

5

DEMOLISH ROOFINGIN THIS AREA

17' -

6"

17' -

8"

17' -

6"

18' - 11" 16' - 0" 16' - 0" 16' - 0" 19' - 2 1/2"

E2

E9

G2

DEMOLISH EXISTINGSCUPPER AND DOWNSPOUT-PATCH MASONRY

A R C H I T E C T S

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


AS SHOWN

C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-A_o

chav

ez.r

vt7 /

21/2

0 16

10: 1

1:07

AM

A-25

JJS

AREA C - DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN AT EL+37.50, +42.50 AND +54.50

230

ARCHITECTURE

JL

TCB

MAY 2016

SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1


A

FILLMORE ST

CE

NT

RA

L P

AR

K A

VE

B

C

D E F

KEY PLAN

SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"2

PARTIAL DEMOLITION PLAN AT EL +54.50

8 0 8 16 FT1/8"=1'-0"

DEMOLITION NOTES

1 CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE AND THOROUGHLYCLEAN ALL SPACES OF ANY CHEMICALS, ASHESOR OTHER CONTAMINATION BEFORE NEWCONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ARE TO BEGIN.

2 REFER TO HZ DRAWINGS AND RELATEDSPECIFICATIONS FOR REMEDIATION, ABATEMENT,REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL PROCEDURESREQUIRED FOR DEMOLITION WORK.

3 REFER TO S DRAWINGS AND RELATEDSPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITIONNOTES REGARDING STRUTURAL STEEL ANDCONCRETE.

4 ALL MATERIALS CONTAINING ASBESTOS,LEAD-BASED PAINT, MERCURY AND PCDB’S TO BEABATED/REMOVED PER THE ENVIRONMENTALREPORT, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.

5 EXISTING EGRESS PATHS MUST NOT BE ALTEREDOR OBSTRUCTED IN ANY WAY DURING WORK ATANY TIME.

6 EXECUTE THE DEMOLITION WORK IN A CAREFULAND ORDERLY MANNER WITH MINIMALDISTURBANCE TO BUILDING OCCUPANTS.

7 VERIFY EXTENT OF DEMOLITION SHOWN ON THEDEMOLITION DRAWINGS IS APPROPIATE TOPERMIT THE NEW WORK TO BE ACCOMPLISHED.ANY DAMAGE WHICH MAY BE CAUSED TO ANYPART OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN ASA RESULT OF DEMOLITION WORK MUST BE THERESPONSIBILITY OF AND BE CORRECTED BY THECONTRACTOR.

8 ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN WALLS AND COLUMNSDAMAGED BY DEMOLITION WORK MUST BEPATCHED BY CONTRACTOR.

9 PROTECT ALL FLOORS AND WALLS IN EXSITINGAREA DURING TRASH REMOVAL. NO TRASH ORMATERIAL MAY BE STORED IN EXISTINGCONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN.

10 UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION WORK,REMOVE ALL MATERIALS AND RUBBISH OF ANYSORT AND LEAVE CONSTRUCTION PREMISESCLEAN.

11 TEMPORARY WEATHER TIGHT CONSTRUCTION TOBE INSTALLED UNTIL PROPOSED CONSTRUCTIONIS IN PLACE FOR OPENINGS RESULTING FROMDEMOLITION WORK REQUIRED FOR PROPOSEDWORK.

12 EXISTING HANDRAILS AT ABANDONEDCONDENSATE PITS TO BE REMOVED,REFURBISHED AND STORED FOR USE AT OTHERLOCATIONS.

13 REFER TO PROCESS, PLUMBING ANDSTRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OFEQUIPMENT PITS TO REMAIN.

14 PROVIDE 4" KICK PLATE AT ALL EXISTING ANDNEW HANDRAILS. EXISTING HANDRAILS TO BEABATED PER HZ DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION.


1

D

6A

6A

7

7

8

8

9

9

10

10

E

F

G

/ A-44 FOR CONTINUATIONMATCHLINE - SEE DRAWING 1

/A

-36

FO

R C

ON

TIN

UA

TIO

NM

AT

CH

LIN

E -

SE

E D

RA

WIN

G

1

1

A-61

EXISTING ROOF

2

A-73

1A-58

5

CLOSE OFF ABANDONEDPENETRATIONS PER POST-WARRANTY ALTERATION DETAILS 1,2, AND 3, SHEET A-15

3012

3

A-84

2

A-61

1

A-62

2

A-62

2

A-63

G2

3013

17' -

6"

17' -

8"

17' -

6"

6"

18' - 11" 16' - 0" 16' - 0" 16' - 0" 19' - 2 1/2"

FE 2' -

2"

CLOSE OFF ABANDONEDPENETRATIONS PER POST-WARRANTY ALTERATION DETAILS 1,2, AND 3, SHEET A-15

FLASHING PER POSTWARRANTY ALTERATIONREQUIREMENTS

FREIGHT ELEVATOR

B114

VESTIBULE

303

STAIR A

OPEN TO BELOW

NEW ROOFDRAIN (SEEPLUMBING)

ROTATE ELBOWAND SPLASH BLOCKTOWARDS DRAIN

NEW DOWNSPOUTSAND SPLASH BLOCKS

D

7

8 9 10

SCUPPER ANDDOWNSPOUT

3

A-84

2

A-62

2

A-63

CUT EXISTING DOWNSPOUTSFROM ROOF ABOVE, PROVIDE ELBOWSAND DIRECT DRAINAGE TO NEW ROOF- PROVIDE NEW SPLASH BLOCKS -SEE H-9 FOR ADDITIONAL WORK

EXISTINGDOWNSPOUT

A R C H I T E C T S

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


AS SHOWN

C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-A_o

chav

ez.r

vt7/

12/2

016

4:09

:22

PM

A-40

JJS

AREA C - FLOOR PLAN AT EL +54.50

245

ARCHITECTURE

JL

TCB

MAY 2016

SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"A-181 PARTIAL PLAN AT EL +52.00

A

FILLMORE ST

CE

NT

RA

L P

AR

K A

VE

B

C

D E F

KEY PLAN

8 0 8 16 FT1/8"=1'-0"

SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"A-622 PARTIAL PLAN AT EL +75.33


1

1

1

DNUP

6

A

6B 7A 8A 8B 9A 10A

11

11 11A 12A

B2

C1

D

6A 7 8 9 10 12 13

14A

CL

1

A-65

3

A-65A-776

4

A-80

ROOFROOF

R33

R32

R31

17' - 0" 8' - 0" 17' - 0" 8' - 0" 17' - 0" 8' - 0" 17' - 0" 8' - 0" 17' - 0" 38' - 4"

ROOF

ROOF ACCESS AREA1

A-62

2

A-62

2

A-63

5

A-85

8

A-84

6

A-85

7

A-85

17' - 1" 16' - 0" 16' - 0" 16' - 0" 19' - 2 1/2" 19' - 4 1/2" 19' - 0 1/2" 19' - 6"

2A-82

4A-82

6A-82

7A-82

8A-82

9A-82

A-905

55.52'

ROOFHATCH

A-906

1/4"

/ 1'

-0"

SLO

PE

1/4"

/ 1'

-0"

SLO

PE

1/4"

/ 1'

-0"

SLO

PE

SCUPPER AND DOWNSPOUT

EXISTING AND NEWCONCRETE TO BE ALIGNED

ALSCREENRADIATOR (TYP)

SEE MECHANICAL DWGS

GRATING

HEAVY DUTYTYPE 304STEEL HOSERACK

11

A-15

B1

2

A-3

5' - 0"

6' -

0"

A R C H I T E C T S

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


AS SHOWN

C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-A_o

chav

ez.r

vt7 /

21/2

0 16

10: 3

9:57

AM

A-45

JJS

AREA D - FLOOR PLAN AT EL +80.00

250

ARCHITECTURE

JL

TCB

MAY 2016

SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

1 PARTIAL PLAN AT EL +80.00

A

FILLMORE ST

CE

NT

RA

L P

AR

K A

VE

B

C

D E F

KEY PLAN

8 0 8 16 FT1/8"=1'-0"

A-18


1

UP

DN

2A

3

A-79

B3

2

STAIR D

14' - 8" 2' - 7 5/8"

3' - 4" 8"

5' - 2 3/8"

8 TREADS @ 11"

7' - 4"

7' -

2"

3' -

4"

2A

3

A-79

B3

2

DN

5 TREADS @ 11"

4' - 7"

7' -

2"

7 TREADS @ 7"

6' - 5"

7' -

2"

3' -

4"

3' -

4"

5' - 0 3/4" 7' - 0 3/4"

PUMP ROOM L125.00'

CHLORINEBUILDING R150.58'

CHLORINEBUILDING L2

33.00'

CHLORINEBUILDING L1

20.00'

2A2

9 R

ISE

RS

5' -

0"

STAIR D

STAIR D 4' -

6 7

/8"

0" 11' -

4"

8"

1"

D

6A5

UPPER CORRIDOR

112B

FL EL 25.00

CORRIDOR

122

FL EL 27.50

6

A-79

4 TREADS @ 11"

3' - 8"

8' -

5"

3' -

10"

4' -

6"

5' - 8"

15A

C2

VESTIBULE

128

FL EL 21.58

22.08'

19.25'

4 E

Q T

RE

AD

S

3' -

8"

4' - 0"

6A

BOILER/GENERATOR L127.50'

PUMP ROOM L125.00'

PERSONNEL AREAL1 - UPPER

25.00'

5

5 R

ISE

RS

@ 7

"

2' -

6" 6" SGU

13

C9

C2

8

A-79

5' -

11"

7 T

RE

AD

S @

11"

6' -

5"

5' -

0"

27.50'1244

STORAGE

224

FL EL 32.00

2241

STAIR F

INFILL ABANDONNEDOPENING - TOOTH INMASONRY TO MATCHADJACENT SURFACES,BOTH SIDES

ALIGN DOORJAMB WITH CURB

CMU

DN

4' - 3 1/4"

GYPSUMWALLBOARD

7' -

11

7/8"

UL DES. NOG514

HANDRAIL

STAIR F

4' -

6"

8R @

6.7

5"

D


EXIT CORRIDOR

211

FL EL 42.50 CORRIDOR

210

FL EL 37.50

9 E

Q R

ISE

RS

5' -

0"

8 EQ TREADS

7' - 4"5' - 3"

2"

A R C H I T E C T S

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


AS SHOWN

C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-A_o

chav

ez.r

vt7 /

21/2

0 16

10: 4

0:47

AM

A-79

JJS

ENLARGED VIEWS - MISC. STAIRS

284

ARCHITECTURE

JL

TCB

MAY 2016

SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-371 ENLARGED PLAN OF STAIR D AT EL 20.00

SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-372 ENLARGED PLAN OF STAIR D AT EL 33.00

SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-793 SECTION AT STAIR D

SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-34 ENLARGED PLAN OF STAIR IN CORRIDOR 112B

SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-65

ENLARGED PLAN OFSTAIR IN EXITCORRIDOR B1105

SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-796 SECTION AT STAIR IN CORRIDOR 112B

1/4"=1'-0"4 0 4 8 FT

SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-42

ENLARGED PLAN OFSTAIR F7 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-42

SECTION AT STAIR F8

SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-399 SECTION AT STAIR IN CORRIDOR 210


1

SS COUNTERFLASHINGVEGETATEDROOFMODULE

RIGID POLYISOCYANURATEFOAM BOARD INSUL

HPT 43.52'

FB

CMU


WEEP/VENT

FLASHING

PVC ROOFMEMBRANE

T/ CONCRETE 55.17'

PFCMUT/ MASONRY 54.50'

T/ MASONRY 57.17'

BONDBEAM

CONCRETE SLAB -SEE STRUCTURAL

FB

METALCOPING

STEEL ANGLE -SEE STRUCTURAL

NAILER

FB

METALFLASHING

CAVITY DRAINAGE MAT


24" X 10" SS CONDUCTOR HEAD TO 4"X4"SS DOWNSPOUT AND CONCRETE SPLASHBLOCK ( TYP AT ALL DOWNSPOUTS AND SCUPPERS

EXISTING CONCRETESTRUCTURE

B/ MASONRY 58.50'

CMU


STL ANGLE- SEESTRUCTURAL

STL ANGLE - SEE STRUCTURAL

NAILER

CONCRETE SLAB- SEE STRUCT

METAL FLASHING

PFCMU

BELLOWS TYPEEXPANSION COVER

D

SS COUNTERFLASHING


STL ANGLE- SEESTRUCTURAL

CONCRETE DECK - SEESTRUCTURAL

CONCRETE SLAB -SEE STRUCTURAL

HORIZONTAL JOINTREINFORCEMENT


EXISTINGGLAZEDBRICK

PFCMU

CAVITY DRAINAGE MAT

FB

METAL FLASHINGSTL ANGLE - SEE STRUCTURAL

FB

CAVITY DRAINAGE MAT


CMU

EXISTING STEELBEAM - SEE STRUCTURAL

WEEP/VENT

METAL FLASHING

TAPERED RIGIDPOLYISOCYANURATEFOAM BOARD INSUL

SS COUNTERFLASHING

NOTE: AT EXISTING ROOFING TO REMAIN, COORDINATEDETAILS WITH SPECIFICATION SECTION 07 55 20, POSTWARRANTY ALTERATION TO EXISTING ROOFING

ELECTRICAL WINGR1

42.50'

B

VEGETATED ROOF MODULE


ALIGN INSULATION WITHTOP OF CONCRETE CURB

PVC ROOF MEMBRANE

10"

NORTH PROPERTY LINE

1' - 1"

8" M

IN

PALE

POST

RAIL

T/ CONCRETE 45.00'

EXISTING FACEBRICK

EXISTING COMMONBRICK

EXISTINGSTONE

1' - 9 7/8"

50.58'

1' - 0"

NOTE: AT EXISTING ROOFING TOREMAIN, COORDINATE DETAILS WITHSPECIFICATION SECTION 07 55 20,POST WARRANTY ALTERATION TOEXISTING ROOFING

CONCRETE BEAMSEE S DWG

PALE

POST

RAIL

STEEL BEAMSEE S DWG

PROPERTY LINE

EXISTING BEAM A R C H I T E C T S

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


AS SHOWN

C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-A_o

chav

ez.r

vt7 /

21/2

0 16

10: 4

3:54

AM

A-87

JJS

WALL SECTION DETAILS - SHEET 2

292

ARCHITECTURE

JL

TCB

MAY 2016SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A-801 WALL SECTION DETAIL - AREA E

SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A-802 WALL SECTION DETAIL - AREA E


1 1/2"=1'-0"1 0 1 FT

SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A-626 WALL SECTION DETAIL - AREA C

SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A-627 WALL SECTION DETAIL - AREA C



SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A-608 WALL SECTION DETAIL - AREA B


1

HYDRAULIC ACCUMULATORSYSTEM NO. 2SEE NOTE 2

RAILING (TYP)

PACKAGE VACUUMPRIMING SYSTEMSEE NOTE 3

STRUCTURALSUPPORT (TYP)


FL EL 9.71'

FL EL -1.75'

42" VENTURI METER 42" PUMP DISCHARGE

NEW 2" VACUUM PRIMINGSEE NOTE 1

NEW 2" HYDRAULIC WATERSEE NOTE 1

FL EL -8.79'

NEW 2" SEAL WATERSEE NOTE 1

NEW 2" PROCESS WATERSEE NOTE 1

3" COLD WATERSEE NOTE 4

3" DOUBLE CHECKDETECTOR ASSEMBLY(TYP)


RAILING(TYP)

42" PUMP DISCHARGE

FL EL -18.00'

FL EL -8.79'

NEW 2" HYDRAULIC WATERSEE NOTE 1

NEW 2" SEAL WATERSEE NOTE 1

NEW 2" PROCESSWATERSEE NOTE 1

3" COLD WATERSEE NOTE 4

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-GC

MH

PE

I_oc

have

z.rv

t7 /

21/2

0 16

12: 2

2:15

PM

3/8" = 1'-0"

M-51

OR

EQUIPMENT AREA SECTIONS

352

PROCESS / MECHANICAL

AM

AJM

MAY 2016

SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"M-501 EQUIPMENT AREA SECTION 1

SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"M-502 EQUIPMENT AREA SECTION 2

1. FOR CONTINUATION SEE DRAWING M-32.2. PROVIDE HYDRAULIC ACCUMULATOR SYSTEM.

REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 40 05 20 VALVESAND DRAWING M-11 NEW HYDRAULIC WATERDIAGRAM.

3. PROVIDE VACUUM PRIMING SYSTEM. REFER TOSPECIFICATION SECTION 43 21 70 VACUUM PRIMINGEQUIPMENT AND DRAWING M-7 NEW VACUUMPRIMING SYSTEM DIAGRAM.

4. FOR CONTINUATION SEE DRAWING P-8 AND P-9.

NOTES:

3/8"=1'-0"1 0 1 2 43 5 6 7 FT

A

FILLMORE ST

CE

NT

RA

L P

AR

K A

VE

B

C

D E F

KEY PLAN

NO. DATE APPD DESCRIPTION1 07/15/16 AJM ADDENDUM NO. 3

1

HWB-1 HWB-2

ACU-1 ACU-2 HVU-1

HVU-2

HVU-3

P

HSP-5 HSP-6 HSP-7

HSP-8

HSP-9

HSP-2HSP-1

EXT-1

BLOWDOWNSEPERATOR

CHEMICALPOT-FEEDER

AS-1

AIRSEPARATOR

QUICKFILL

HPP-1 HPP-2

MECHANICALROOM 1

BOILER ROOM

CW

4" HWR

4" HWS

2 1/2" HWR

2 1/2" HWS

HSP-3

HVU-4 ACU-3

ACU-4

ACU-5

HSP-10 HSP-11

HSP-12

HSP-13MECHANICAL

ROOM 2

CW MAKE-UP1"

FILL

OVERFLOW

CIRCUTSETTER

FLOWCONTROL

55 GALGLYCOLWATER

STORAGETANK

M

F

EXTERNALFLOAT

LOW LEVELALARM TO TCP

FLOORDRAIN

GLYCOL PRESSURETANK AND PUMP

AIR PRESSURE CONTROLMAKE-UP WATER

PRESSURESWITCH

FS

1"

1"

4" HWR

4" HWS

4" HWR

4"4"4"4"

1"

3/4"3/4"

4"

4"

4"

4"

1"

4"4"

4"4"4"4"

1"

4"4"

4" H

WS 4"

HW

R

4" H

WS

4" H

WR

4" HWS

4" HWR

1 1/4" HWS

3/4" 1" 1 1/2"

3/4"

1 1/4"1 1/4"

3/4"

1 1/2"1"3/4" 1 1/2"1 1/2"

2"2"3 1/2"3 1/2" 1"1"

HSP-4

2" HWS

2" HWR

1 1/4" HWR

BOILER ROOM

PUMPROOM

FUEL OIL STORAGE AREA

GENERATOR ROOM

WUH-23 WUH-24

WUH-13 WUH-14 WUH-15 WUH-16 WUH-17 WUH-18 WUH-19 WUH-20

WUH-1 WUH-2 WUH-3 WUH-4 WUH-5 WUH-6 WUH-7 WUH-8WUH-9 WUH-10

3/4" TYP

3/4" TYP

3/4" 1 1/4"

1 1/4"

2" HWS

2" HWS

4" H

WS 4"

HW

R

EXPANSIONTANK

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-GC

MH

PE

I_oc

have

z.rv

t7 /

21/2

0 16

11: 0

6:52

AM

NONE

H-48

GS

HOT WATER PIPING DIAGRAM

401

HVAC

JM

GJ

MAY 2016SCALE: NONE

HOT WATER PIPING DIAGRAM

1. REFER TO GENERAL NOTES ON DRAWING H-2.2. FOR OTHER VALVE, EQUIPMENT AND PIPING

SYMBOLS SEE DRAWING M-1, MECHANICALSYMBOLS LIST.

3. PROVIDE FLOW SWITCH ON THE MAKE-UPWATER TO 55 GALLON GLYCOL WATERSTORAGE TANK. ALARM MAKE-UP WATERINDIVIDUALLY ON BOTH FLOW SWITCHES ATTHE MAKE-UP WATER SYSTEM TO TCP-1 ANDTHE DDC SYSTEM.

NOTES:

NO. DATE APPD DESCRIPTION1 07/15/16 JED ADDENDUM NO. 3

1

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-GC

MH

PE

I_oc

have

z.rv

t7 /

21/2

0 16

11: 1

2:33

AM

H-52

TK

EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES - SHEET 1

405

HVAC

JM

GJ

MAY 2016

HVAC - HEATING & VENTILATING UNITSUNITI.D. UNIT LOCATION UNIT AREA SERVED UNIT TYPE

FAN MOTOR ELECTRICAL HEATING COILS AIR CONFIGURATION FILTER

MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. REMARKS/NOTECFM

RPMEXT SP

"H2O BHP HP RPM DRIVEV PH HZ

HEAT'GEWT

HEAT'GLWT

HEAT'GGPM

HEAT'GTOT MBH %GLY

HEAT'GWPD 'H2O EAT LAT

SP"H2O

FACEFPM

FACESQFT ROWS FPI ARRGMT SIZE

HVU-1 MECH. ROOM 1 BASEMENT STORAGE MODULE 1550 1879 2 1.36 1.5 1800 BELT 460 3 60 190 175 19.00 142 30 0.34 10 97 0.139 332 4.51 2 (14) ANGLE 2" MERV 13 TRANE CSAA004UAHVU-2 MECH. ROOM 2 1ST FL STORAGE MODULE 575 2729 2 0.61 1 1800 BELT 460 3 60 190 170 7.00 67 30 0.08 0 103 0.056 206 2.92 4 (6) ANGLE 2" MERV 13 TRANE CSAA003UAHVU-3 MECH. ROOM 1 MECH, ROOMS MODULE 1750 1874 2 1.64 1.5 1800 BELT 460 3 60 190 170 15.00 148 30 0.42 25 103 0.175 388 4.51 4 (6) ANGLE 2" MERV 13 TRANE CSAA004UAHVU-4 MECH. ROOM 2 PUMP RM MODULE 15000 951 2 17.32 20 1800 BELT 460 3 60 195 175 100.00 1000 30 2.48 40 101 0.148 429 34.94 2 (10) ANGLE 2" MERV 13 TRANE CSAA035UA

HVAC - AIR CONDITIONING UNITSUNITI.D. UNIT LOCATION UNIT AREA SERVED

UNITTYPE

FAN MOTOR ELECTRICAL HEATING COILS AIR CONFIGURATION EVAPORATOR COIL FILTER

MANUFACTURER MODEL NO.REMARKS/

NOTECFMRPM

EXT SP"H2O BHP HP RPM DRIVE

V PH HZHEAT'G

EWTHEAT'G

LWTHEAT'G

GPMHEAT'G

TOT MBH %GLYHEAT'G

WPD 'H2O EAT LAT SP "H2OFACEFPM

FACESQFT

ROWS(FPI)

EVAP.EAT:DB

EVAP.EAT:WB

EVAP.LAT:DB

EVAP.LAT:WB

COOL.TOT. MBH

TONS(COOL)

COOL.VEL FPM REFR ARRGMT SIZE

ACU-1 MECH. ROOM 1 BASEMENT SHOPS MODULE 1550 1916 2 1.2 1.5 1800 BELT 460 3 60 195 175 4.00 41 30 0.17 60 88 0.096 343 3 2 (9) 80 67 51 51 48 4 343 R410a ANGLE 2" MERV 13 TRANE CSAA003UAACU-2 MECH. ROOM 1 2ND FL PERSONNEL AREAS MODULE 2250 2048 2 2.6 3 1800 BELT 460 3 60 195 175 9.00 92 30 0.93 45 84 0.204 487 4 2 (12) 80 67 54 54 90 7.5 487 R410a ANGLE 2" MERV 13 TRANE CSAA004UAACU-3 MECH. ROOM 2 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR MODULE 9250 1041 2 8.6 10 1800 BELT 460 3 60 195 175 45.00 434 30 4.39 60 103 0.093 466 21 1 (12) 80 67 59 56 313 26 466 R410a ANGLE 2" MERV 13 TRANE CSAA021UA VFDACU-4 MECH. ROOM 1 1ST FL PERSONNEL AREAS MODULE 3495 1718 2 4 5 1800 BELT 460 3 60 190 175 22.00 161 30 2.6 60 102 0.193 438 8 1 (14) 80 67 60 58 77 8.5 438 R410a ANGLE 2" MERV 13 TRANE CCAA08UAACU-5 MECH. ROOM 2 PARALLEL SWITCHGEAR MODULE 2250 2048 2 2.6 3 1800 BELT 460 3 60 190 170 9.00 92 30 0.93 45 84 0.204 487 4 2 (12) 80 67 54 54 90 7.5 487 R410a ANGLE 2" MERV 13 TRANE CSAA004UA

HVAC - PACKAGED AC UNITSUNIT I.D. UNIT LOCATION UNIT AREA

SERVED UNIT TYPE DISCH CFMEXT SP

"H2O MBHTONS

(COOL)

EVAP. MOTOR ELECTRICAL EVAP. AIR CONDENSER COMPRESSOR

REFRFILTER

ARRGMT MANUFACTURERMANUFACTURER MO.

# REMARKS/NOTEMOTOR

BHPMOTOR HP

(QTY)MOTOR

RPM V PH HZEVAP.

EAT:DBEVAP.

EAT:WBEVAP.LAT:DB

EVAP.LAT:WB

COND.CFM

COND.RPM

COND. HP(QTY)

COMPRESS.#'S

COMPRESS.RLA

COMPRESS.CONTROLS

PACU-1 VFD RM ROOF VFD ROOM PACKAGED DOWN 23,000 1.5 867 70 16.6 20 (2) 1400 460 3 60 80 67 57 56 -- -- 1 (6) 3 39 INTEGRAL R-410A ANGLE TRANE SAHLF704 VFDPACU-2 VFD RM ROOF VFD ROOM PACKAGED DOWN 23,000 1.5 867 70 16.6 20 (2) 1400 460 3 60 80 67 57 56 -- -- 1 (6) 3 39 INTEGRAL R-410A ANGLE TRANE SAHLF704 VFD

HVAC - AIR COOLED CONDENSER UNITS

UNIT I.D. UNIT LOCATION UNIT SYSTEM SERVED TONS

CONDENSER COMPRESSOR

REFR

ELECTRICALELECT.

RLA MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER MO. # REMARKS/NOTECOND. #OF FANS

COND.CFM

COND.RPM COND. HP

COMPRESS. #'S

COMPRESS.KW

COMPRESS.CONTROLS ELEC. V ELEC. PH ELEC. HZ

ACCU-1 ENTRY ANNEX ROOF ACU-1 4 1 -- 835 0.2 1 0.2 -- R-410A 208 3 60 TRANE 4TTR7048AACCU-2 ENTRY ANNEX ROOF ACU-2 5 1 -- 835 0.3 1 0.2 -- R-410A 208 3 60 TRANE 4TTR7060AACCU-3 ENTRY ANNEX ROOF ACU-3 25 2 -- -- 3 2 23 -- R-410A 460 3 60 TRANE TTA300ACCU-4 ENTRY ANNEX ROOF ACU-4 10 1 -- -- 3 1 8 -- R410A 460 3 60 TRANE TTA120ACCU-5 ENTRY ANNEX ROOF ACU-5 5 1 -- 835 0.3 1 0.2 -- R-410A 208 3 60 TRANE 4TTR7060AACCU-6 ENTRY ANNEX ROOF ACU-7 2 1 2,350 -- -- -- -- -- R-410A 208 1 60 40 TRANE 4TXK2724A10N0A COMP. IN ACU-6ACCU-7 ENTRY ANNEX ROOF ACU-7 1.5 1 1,880 -- -- -- -- -- R-410A 208 1 60 40 TRANE 4TXK2718A10N0A COMP. IN ACU-7

HVAC - TANKSUNIT I.D. UNIT LOCATION

UNIT SYSTEMSERVED DIAMETER/LxWxH CAP. GAL'S

PSIGMAX/MIN MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER MO. # REMARKS/NOTE

FODT-1 GENERATOR ROOM FUEL OIL 36x24x44 120 PHILLIPS FUEL SYSTEMS PDWT DOUBLE WALL 200% CONTAINMENTFODT-2 GENERATOR ROOM FUEL OIL 36x24x44 120 PHILLIPS FUEL SYSTEMS PDWT DOUBLE WALL 200% CONTAINMENTFODT-3 GENERATOR ROOM FUEL OIL 36x24x44 120 PHILLIPS FUEL SYSTEMS PDWT DOUBLE WALL 200% CONTAINMENTFODT-4 GENERATOR ROOM FUEL OIL 36x24x44 120 PHILLIPS FUEL SYSTEMS PDWT DOUBLE WALL 200% CONTAINMENTNLOT-1 LUBE OIL STORAGE LUBE OIL 60x32x60 500 HIGHLAND TANK 500LDW NEW OIL TANKWLOT-1 LUBE OIL STORAGE LUBE OIL 60x32x60 500 HIGHLAND TANK 500LDW WASTE OIL TANKFORT-1 BASEMENT CORRIDOR FUEL OIL 60x60x60 300 PHILLIPS FUEL SYSTEMS PDWT DOUBLE WALL 200% CONTAINMENTFOST-1 FUEL OIL STORAGE FUEL OIL 12' DIA X 30' H 25000 PHILLIPS FUEL SYSTEMS PDWT DOUBLE WALLFOST-2 FUEL OIL STORAGE FUEL OIL 12' DIA X 30' H 25000 PHILLIPS FUEL SYSTEMS PDWT DOUBLE WALL

UNITI.D.

LOCATION(ROOM)

REFRIG.TYPE

LBS OFREFRIG.

NO OFCOMP.

TONS(TOTAL)

SUCTION LINE

HORIZONTAL VERTICAL

LIQUID LINE

HORIZONTAL VERTICALREMARKS/NOTE

HVAC - REFRIGERATION SCHEDULE

PACU-1PACU-2ACCU-1ACCU-2ACCU-3ACCU-4ACCU-5ACCU-6ACCU-7

ROOFROOFROOFROOFROOFROOFROOFROOFROOF

R410A 86 3 70 -- -- -- --R410A 86 3 70 -- -- -- --

R410A 12 1 4 1 1/8 1 1/8 1/2 1/2R410A 12 1 5 1 1/8 1 1/8 1/2 1/2R410A 40 2 25 2 1/8 2 1/8 7/8 7/8

1 10 1 5/8 1 5/8 5/8 5/820R410AR410AR410AR410A

12 1 5 1 1/8 1 1/8 1/2 1/212 1 3 1 1/8 1 1/8 1/2 1/212 1 3 1 1/8 1 1/8 1/2 1/2

HVAC - DUCTLESS SPLIT AIR CONDITIONING UNITSUNIT I.D. UNIT LOCATION UNIT AREA SERVED UNIT TYPE

FAN ELECT.RLA

ELECTRICAL EVAPORATOR COIL FILTERMANUFACTURER MODEL NO. REMARKS/NOTECFM V PH HZ COOL. TOT. MBH REFR TYPE

ACU-6 SCADA SERVER ROOM SCADA SERVER ROOM DUCTLESS 650 - 290 0.38 208 1 60 24.0 R-410A WASHABLE TRANE R SERIES 4MXW2724A10N COOLING ONLYACU-7 SECURITY SERVER ROOM SECURITY SERVER ROOM DUCTLESS 560 - 280 0.10 208 1 60 18.0 R-410A WASHABLE TRANE R SERIES 4MXW2718A10N COOLING ONLY

EXT-1 BOILER ROOM HTG SYSTEM 85L X 20D 132 TACO CA-500 ASME STAMP VERTICAL MODEL

NO. DATE APPD DESCRIPTION1 07/15/16 JED ADDENDUM NO. 3

NOTE: PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONING UNITS PCAU-1 AND PACU-2 ARE TO BE EQUIPPED WITH VARIABLE SPEED INVERTER DRIVEN COMPRESSOR, SINGLE ZONE VAV SUPPLY, DIRECT DRIVEN SUPPLY FANS, SPRING ISOLATED FAN ASSEMBLY, UL LISTING, AND LOW AMBIENT CONTROL DOWN TO 0 DEGREES F.

1

109876A

G

F

E

D

C1

B2

A

6 6B 7A 8A 8B 9A 10A 11 11A

12

12A

13 14 15 15A

C9

C2

14A 16A

B1

3" CW PIPE UP

FITTERS SHOPGAS

TOILET

ELECTRICALSHOP

LOADINGDOCK

ASST. CHIEF

OPERATING

ENGINEER'S

OFFICE

TOILET.

4" SAN

REMOVE EXISTING TOILETPLUMBING FIXTURES ANDASSOCIATED PIPING,VALVES, ETC. CAPSANITARY PIPE AT MAIN.

KS

DF

BOILER ROOMAT EL 27.50

BOILERNO. 4

CITYWATERPUMP

BOILERNO. 5

BOILERNO. 3

BOILERNO. 2

BOILERNO. 1

GENERATOR

ROOM

REMOVE EXISTINGCITY WATER BOOSTER PUMPAND ASSOCIATED PIPING,VALVES, ETC.CAP WATER PIPE AT MAIN

SINK

FDUR

WC

SH

WCL

EMERGENCY SHOWER/EYEWASHTO BE DEMOLISHED

4" BACK FLOW PREVENTERTO BE DEMOLISHED

4" CW TO BE DEMOLISHED

DRAIN PIPE TO BE DEMOLISHED

4" CW PIPE TO BE DEMOLISHED

4" BACK FLOWPREVENTER TOBE DEMOLISHED

4" CW PIPIES TO BEDEMOLISHED

4" CW PIPE TO BEDEMOLISHED

CHEMICAL TREATMENT TANKSSEE NOTE 4

SEE NOTE4

CONTROL PANELTO BE DEMOLISHED

SERVICE COLD WATERTO EXISTING HVU TOBE DEMOLISHED

SERVICE COLD WATER (DRAIN)FROM EXISTING HVUTO BE DEMOLISHED

CW PIPING TO BOILERSTO BE DEMOLISHED

OPEN HUB DRAINTO BE DEMOLISHED

SEE NOTE 4

CW PIPE TO BEDEMOLISHED

UR SH

FD

109876A

G

F

E

TOILETROOM

(2) L

WC

SH 6" RISER

REMOVE EXISTING TOILETPLUMBING FIXTURES ANDASSOCIATED PIPING, VALVES, ETC.CAP SANITARY PIPE AT MAIN.

EXISTING ROOF DRAIN TO REMAIN. REMOVEEXISTING COPPER PIPING AND REPLACE WITH CASTIRON HUB AND SPIGOT PIPE. SUPPORT AND INSULATENEW PIPING AS REQUIRED.

D

C1

B2

12A

13 14 15 15A

C9

C2

14A

REMOVE EXISTING PAINTERSOFFICE PLUMBING FIXTUREAND ASSOCIATED PIPING,VALVES, ETC.CAP SANITARY PIPE AT MAIN.

6" RISERPAINTERSOFFICE

SS

87

E

D

EXISTING 6" ROOF DRAINSTO BE DEMOLISHED WITHASSOCIATED PIPING INCLUDINGVERTICAL PIPING DOWN TOEL=27.50. REMOVE EXISTINGCOPPER PIPING AND REPLACEWITH CAST IRON HUB AND SPIGOTPIPE. SUPPORT AND INSULATE NEWPIPING AS REQUIRED.FOR REROUTING OF THE EXISTINGROOF DRAINAGE SEE DWG P-13.

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


C:\U

sers

\ysa

vchenko

\Docu

ments

\12354-C

PP

S-G

CM

HP

EI_

ysavc

henko

.rvt

7/1

4/2

016 9

:12: 2

9 A

M

As indicated

P-7

YS

AREA C AND D - DEMOLITION PLANS

415

PLUMBING

MLF

GJ

MAY 2016

A

FILLMORE ST

CE

NT

RA

L P

AR

K A

VE

B

C

D E F

KEY PLAN

SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0"

AREA C AND D PLAN @ EL +20.00 TO +35.00

1. SEE GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES DEMOLITIONNOTES ON DRAWING P-1.

2. THIS DRAWING REFLECTS THE CONDITIONSVISUALLY FOUND AND A COMPILATION OF PASTPROJECT DRAWINGS.

3. REMOVE ALL EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES,EQUIPMENT, HOUSEKEEPING PADS, EQUIPMENTSUPPORT, AND PIPING SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING.

4. EQUIPMENT AND PIPING SHOWN NOT HATCHED,REFER TO HVAC DRAWINGS.

5. REMOVE EXISTING COPPER PIPING FROM EXISTINGROOF DRAINS AND REPLACE WITH CAST IRON HUB &SPIGOT PIPING. SUPPORT AND INSULATE NEWPIPING AS REQUIRED. TYPICAL FOR ALL EXISTINGROOF DRAIN PIPING MADE OUT OF COPPER.

NOTES:SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0"

AREA C PARTIAL PLAN AT EL +37.50

8 0 8 16 24 FT3/32"=1'-0"

SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0"

AREA D PARTIAL PLAN AT EL +37.50


1 07/15/16 JED ADDENDUM NO. 3

SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

AREA C ROOF PLAN

1

1

1

109876A

G

F

E

D

11 12

TOILET

116

FL EL: 25.00

CONTROL ROOM

113

FL EL: 25.00

SECURITY SERVERROOM

113 B

FL EL: 25.00

CHIEF'S AND ASSTCHIEF'S OFFICE

115

FL EL: 25.00

EXIT CORRIDOR

108

FL EL: 21.58

STAIR A

TOILET

106

FL EL: 21.58

SECURITY OFFICE

102

FL EL: 21.58

CORRIDOR

105

FL EL: 21.58

ENTRY LOBBY

101

FL EL: 21.58

LUBE OIL STORAGE

110

FL EL: 21.58

LOADING DOCK

109

FL EL: 21.58

UPPER CORRIDOR

112B

FL EL: 25.00 CORRIDOR

112

FL EL: 21.58

SCADA SERVER ROOM

114

FL EL: 25.00

WC-2

L-1

KS

L-1

WC-2

4" FD-1

4"FD-1

L-1WC-2

EWC-1(SEE NOTE 6)

EWH-2

EWH-3

EWH-1

EWH-4

4" FD-1

5

BREAK/ MEETINGROOM

111

FL EL: 21.58

LUNCH ROOM

107

FL EL: 21.58

OPEN TO BELOW

4" FD-1SEE NOTE 5

WH

WH

4" SAN DN

4" SAN UPTO 4" FD-3(TYP 2)

2" V UP

2" V UP

4" CO

4" CO(TYP)


4" SAN UPTO 4" FD-3

2" V UP


4" SAN UP

4" SANUP&DN

4" CO

4" SAN UPTO 4" FD-1

3" SAN UPTO SH (TYP 4)

3" SAN UPTO JMB

4" SAN UPTO 4" FD-1

4"ø

4"ø

4"ø

4"ø

4"ø

4"ø

4" FCO

4" FCO

4" SAN DN

2" V UP

4" V DN

2" V UP

6" CW UP FOR FIREPROTECTIONSEE DWG FP-3FOR CONTINUATION

3" CW UP

6"ø

3"ø

CW

4" CW DNSEE DWG P-12FOR CONTINUATION

SAN

CW

4" CO

4" GATE VALVE

3" NATURAL GASPIPE DN. SEE DWG P-12FOR CONTINUATIONSEE NOTE 2.(6,000 CFH)

STORAGE

104

FL EL: 21.58

TOILET

103

FL EL: 21.58

3" NATURAL GASSEE DWG H-30FOR CONTINUATION

1 1

/4"ø

1 1/4"ø

1 1

/4"ø

1 1/2"ø

1 1/2"ø

3/4

"ø

CO

4" W UP & DN

3" V UP & DN

4"ø4" V UPSAN

4" V UP

4" V DN

V

4"ø

1 1

/2"ø

1 1/2" CWSEE DWG P-14 FORCONTINUATION

GREASEINTERCEPTOR(UNDER SINK)

FIRE-RATEDSLEEVE(TYP)

FIRE-RATEDSLEEV

SH

3/4" CW &3/4" TW UP

2" V DN

6" EXISTING STTO REMAIN

NEW 6" STUP

NEW6" CO

POINT OF NEW 6"ST CONNECTIONTO EXISTING PIPE

109876A

G

F

E

D

11 12

4" FD-34" FD-3

4" FD-3

FD-1

FD-1 FD-1

4" FD-1 (TYP)

EWC-1

WC-1

(2)SH (2)SH

JMB

EXPANSIONTANK, ET

L-1 L-2

LOCKER ROOM NO1

205

FL EL: 37.50

CORRIDOR

210

FL EL: 37.50

LOCKER ROOM NO2

202

FL EL: 37.50

ARCHIVES

206

FL EL: 37.50

HB

UR-2

FIRE PREVENTIONROOM

201

FL EL: 37.50

STAIR A

MECHANICAL ROOMNO 3

221

FL EL: 37.50

ELECTRIC FLOORMOUNTEDTANKLESSWATER HEATER(TYP 2)

EE

JANITOR

204

FL EL: 37.50

EYEWASHEMERGENCYALARM SYSTEM

5

ELECTRIC WALLMOUNTED TANKLESSWATER HEATER

EWH-5

EWH-6

EWH-7

4" FD-2

4" FD-2

4" SAN DN,4" V DN

2" V DN

2" V DN

3/4"ø

3"ø

2"ø

1"ø

1 1/2"ø

1 1/4"ø

3" CW DN

CW

HW

TMV-2

3/4"ø

1"ø

1"ø

3/4" HW DN

4" W DN

3" V UP & DN

2" V DN

4"ø

3"ø

3" V DN

4"ø4" V DN

4" V UP TO 4" VTR4" V DN

1 1/4"ø

V

1 1/2"HW DN

V

HW

CW

3"ø

1 1/4"ø

CORRIDOR

210

FL EL: 37.50

CORRIDOR

210

FL EL: 37.50

STORAGE

220

FL EL: 37.50

ROOF(SEE DWG A-39)

ROOF(SEE DWG A-39)

WC-2 WC-2

WC-1

WC-1

L-2 L-1L-2L-2

3/4" CW

3/4" TW 3/4" CW & TW DN

1 1/4"ø

TW

6" ST

6" OST

6" ST UPT0 6" RD-1

6" OST UPTO 6" ORD-1

CO

6" ST DNTO EL=27.50

SLOPE 1/4" PER FT

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


C:\U

sers

\ysa

vchenko

\Docu

ments

\12354-C

PP

S-G

CM

HP

EI_

ysavc

henko

.rvt

7/1

3/2

016 1

0:0

5:4

7 A

M

1/8" = 1'-0"

P-13

YS

AREA C - PERSONNEL AREAS PLUMBINGPLANS

421

PLUMBING

MLF

GJ

MAY 2016

SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

AREA C PLAN AT EL +21.58, +25.00

SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

AREA C PLAN AT EL +37.50

A

FILLMORE ST

CE

NT

RA

L P

AR

K A

VE

B

C

D E F

KEY PLAN

8 0 8 16 FT1/8"=1'-0"

1. ELECTRIC WATER HEATER #1, #3, AND #4 ARELOCATED ABOVE SUSPENDED REFLECTEDCEILING. FOR EACH WATER HEATER PROVIDESAFETY PAN AND RUN DISCHARGE PIPING FROMRELIEF VALVE TO THE NEAREST FLOOR DRAIN.

2. PROVIDE 3" GAS METER AND 3" GAS REGULATOR(INCOMING GAS PRESSURE 20 LBS. NEW GASSERVICE 2 LBS AFTER THE REGULATOR).

3. THE PLUMBING PIPES INSIDE PLUMBING CHASEARE NOT SHOWN. SEE PLUMBING DIAGRAMS P-22,P-23 AND P-24 FOR REFERENCES.

4. REFERENCE DRAWINGS P-22 TO P-24 FORDIAGRAMS.

5. FLOOR DRAIN UNDER SINK CABINET. PROVIDE 20"ØCIRCULAR OPENING ON BOTTOM SHELF ABOVEFLOOR DRAIN GRATING.

6. PROVIDE EWC PER ADA REQUIREMENTS.7. FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING SEE DRAWING P-19.

NOTES:



1

1

109876A

D

C1

B2

A

6 6B 7A 8A 8B 9A 10A

11

11 11A

12

12A

13 14 15 15A

C9

C2

14A 16A

ROOF ACCESS AREA

401

FL EL: 81.33

ROOF OVERGENERATOR ROOM

(BARREL ROOF)

ROOF OVERFUEL OIL STORAGE AREA

3" ORD-1

3" RD-1 (800 SQ FT AREA)

3" ORD-1


3" ORD-1


3" ORD-1


3" ORD-1


4" VTR

4" VTR

ROOF HYDRANTRH

ROOF HYDRANTRH

4" VTR

109876A

E

D

5

6" RD-1(5200 SQ FT AREA) 6" ORD-1

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


C:\U

sers

\ysa

vchenko

\Docu

ments

\12354-C

PP

S-G

CM

HP

EI_

ysavc

henko

.rvt

7/1

3/2

016 1

0:0

4:2

9 A

M

1/8" = 1'-0"

P-17

YS

AREA D - ROOF PLUMBING PLAN

425

PLUMBING

MLF

GJ

MAY 2016

SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

AREA D ROOF PLAN

A

FILLMORE ST

CE

NT

RA

L P

AR

K A

VE

B

C

D E F

KEY PLAN

A

FILLMORE ST

CE

NT

RA

L P

AR

K A

VE

B

C

D E F

KEY PLAN

8 0 8 16 FT1/8"=1'-0"

1. PROVIDE 3/4" CW SUPPLY FOR 2(TWO) ROOFHYDRANTS FROM THE COLD WATER PIPELOCATED IN MECHANICAL ROOM NO. 2 ATELEVATION +54.50.

2. RUN 3/4" DRAIN FROM 2(TWO) ROOF HYDRANTSTO THE NEAREST FLOOR DRAINS IN MECHANICALROOM NO. 2 AT ELEVATION +54.50.

NOTES:



SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"

AREA C ROOF PLAN

1

PERSONNEL AREAB1

11.00'

PERSONNEL AREAL1

21.58'

9 8 76A

BOILER ROOM

B107

BOILER ROOM

OTB

BOILER ROOM

OTB

4" FD-3(TYP)

4" W

8" INCOMINGWATER SERVICE #1

8"ø

8"ø

6"ø

4" DOUBLE CHECKDETECTOR ASSEMBLY (DCDA)

4" GATE VALVE(MICV)

4" WATER METER

4" GATE VALVE (MOCV)

BYPASS

8" CHECKVALVE

8" OS&Y VALVE

TS

1' - 3"

2' -

4"

3" NATURALGAS PIPE

4"ø 4"ø

4" FCO

SAN

4" GATE VALVE (MICV)

4"ø

11 1/4"1' - 8"

4"ø

4"ø

4"ø

TS

4" GATE VALVE

4" DOUBLE CHECKDETECTOR ASSEMBLY (DCDA)

8" INCOMINGWATER SERVICE #2

8" CHECK VALVE

8" OS&Y VALVE

FOR FIRE PROTECTION6" DOUBLE CHECKDETECTOR ASSEMBLY

1' - 8"

4"ø

1"ø

4"ø

4"ø

8"ø8"ø

CW4"ø

FCO

BOILER/GENERATOR B111.00'


PERSONNEL AREAL2

37.50'

GFED

8" INCOMINGWATER SERVICE #1CL EL=14.33SEE CIVIL DWG C-15FOR CONTINUATION

8" OS&Y VALVE

6" OS&Y VALVE6" DOUBLE CHECKDETECTOR ASSEMBLYWITH BY-PASS METER

6" OS&Y VALVE

TS TS

TS

4" FCO 4" FD-3

6"ø6"ø

6"ø

8"ø

WASTE LINE

BOILER ROOM

OTB

WATER TIGHT SLEEVE

CORRIDOR

112

FL EL: 21.584" GATE VALVE

3" CWPROCESS WATERSUPPLY

4" CWPROCESS WATERSUPPLY

6" CW FORFIRE PROTECTION

6"ø

4"ø

3"ø

4"ø

SAN

4"ø

4" SAN

3/4"ø

HW

SAN

3/4

"ø SS CW

3/4

"ø

GRADE EL=+/- 19.00

4" CW

4" CW

TS TS

FIRE PROTECTION PIPE

6" CW

2"ø

4"ø 4"ø

1 1/4"ø1 1/4" CW TO TOILET 116

1 1/2"øCW

CWCW

HW

HVAC PIPING

PUMP ROOM B1-18.00'

PUMP ROOM M1-9.92'

ED

1 1/2"ø

3"ø

3"ø

4"ø

3"ø3"ø

3"ø

3"ø

CW CW

3" DOUBLE CHECKDETECTOR ASSEMBLY

3" SHUT-OFF VALVE

3" DOUBLE CHECKDETECTOR ASSEMBLY

3" CWSEE DWG M-51FOR CONTINUATION

3" CWSEE DWG M-51FOR CONTINUATION

PROCESS PIPING

HVAC PIPING

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


C:\U

sers

\ysa

vchenko

\Docu

ments

\12354-C

PP

S-G

CM

HP

EI_

ysavc

henko

.rvt

7/1

5/2

016 2

:38: 1

2 P

M

1/4" = 1'-0"

P-21

YS

SECTIONS - SHEET 2

429

PLUMBING

MLF

GJ

MAY 2016

SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"P-11

1 SECTION 1/P-12

SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"P-12

2 SECTION 2/P-12

1/4"=1'-0"4 0 4 8 FT

SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"P-8

4 SECTION 4/P-8

1. ALL PIPING, ACCESSORIES AND DEVICES SHOWN ONTHIS DRAWING ARE NEW.

NOTE:



1

EE

FLOOR AT EL +37.50

FLOOR AT EL +25.00

SH SH SH SH

CW

JMB

CORRIDOR210

JANITOR204

WC-1 UR-2 WC-1 WC-1 WC-2 WC-2

LOCKER ROOMS NO.1 & NO. 2205, 202

2-1/2"

CWHWLOCKER ROOMS NO.1 & NO. 2

205, 202

L-1 L-2

LOCKER ROOMS NO.1 & NO. 2205, 202

AIR GAP(TYP)

CWHW

CW

EWH-5 EWH-6 EWH-7

MECHANICALROOM NO.3

221

ELECTRIC TANKLESSWATER HEATER(TYP 3)

SHUT-OFF VALVE(TYP)

3"

1-1/4"

FIRE PREVENTIONROOM

201

HB

TOILET116

ENTRYLOBBY 101

TOILET106

LUNCHROOM 107

TOILET103

EWC-1 KS

4"

CW

EWH-4

(4) TMV-1

1-1/2"

ELECTRIC TANKLESSWATER HEATER(TYP4)

CWHW

FDEXPANSION TANK

CONDENSATEDRAIN, (TYP 3)

ROOF

FLOW SWITCH

EMERGENCYALARM SYSTEM

FLOOR AT EL +11.00

SERVICE VALVE(PROVIDED BY CIVIL)

MOCVGATE VALVE(TYP 2)

MICVGATE VALVE(TYP 2)

1-1/2" TO 6 HOSE BIBBSIN PUMP ROOM

1" TO HOSE BIBBIN BOILER ROOM

8" #1 CW FROMCITY MAIN

4"

4" WATER METER(TYP 2)(SEE NOTE 4)

DOUBLE CHECKDETECTOR ASSEMBLY(TYP 2)

POINT "A" - SEE DWG FP-6FOR CONTINUATION

TS

TS

DOUBLE CHECKDETECTOR ASSEMBLY(TYP 2)

FOR CONTINUATIONSEE DWGS M-6 AND M-51

3"

CHECK VALVE(TYP)

8"

8"

8" #2 CW FROMCITY MAIN

8"

8"

4"

4"

8"

PROCESSWATER

6"

3"

3/4" TO HOSE BIBBAND SERVICE SINKIN BOILER ROOM

EXTERIORWALL

GROUND

RH RH RH

3/4" DRAIN(TYP 3)

EEHBFLOW SWITCH

EMERGENCYALARM SYSTEM

HB

GENERATORROOM

124

BATTERYROOM

126

FLOOR AT EL +21.58

1 1/2"

1"

1 1/2"

EWH-1 EWH-3

EWH-2

(6) TMV-1

CW

3"

4"

4"

INSTALL PER ADAREQUIREMENTS

PROCESSWATER

1/2"1"

WH

3/4"

1/2"

WH

3/4"

3/4" 3/4" 1/2"

1" TO HOSE BIBBSIN MECHANICAL ROOM NO. 1,MECHANICAL ROOM NO. 2,AND TO ROOF HYDRANTS ATGENERATOR ROOF

CW

SH

3/4"3/4"

CW

HW

HW

1-1/4"

INSTALL PER ADAREQUIREMENTS

L-2 L-2 L-2 L-1

L-1 L-1 WC-2WC-2

EWC-1

WC-2 L-1

1/2" TYP

1/4" 1/2" 3/4"

1/2" 1"1"

3/4

"

HW

1 1/4"

1 1/2"

1 1/2"

2" 1/2" 3/4" 1"

1/2" TYP

1-1/4"

1 1/2"

1"

1/2"

3/4

"

3"

1"

1/2"

1"

1/4"

3/4"

1/2"

1/2"

1"

1-1/4"

1"

3/4

"

1/2"

1"

CW

HW

PUMP ROOMB101

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


C:\U

sers

\ysa

vchenko

\Docu

ments

\12354-C

PP

S-G

CM

HP

EI_

ysavc

henko

.rvt

7/1

5/2

016 2

:38: 5

4 P

M

NO SCALE

P-22

YS

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING DIAGRAMS

430

PLUMBING

MLF

GJ

MAY 2016

SCALE: NO SCALE

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING DIAGRAM

1. GAS SUPPLY PIPING SEE HVAC DRAWINGS.2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS SEE ELECTRICAL

DRAWINGS.3. FOR WATER HEATERS # 1, 2, 3, AND 4 ONLY PROVIDE A

GALVANIZED STEEL PAN WITH A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF24 GAGE, 0.0276 INCH SIZE 36"x36"x2" DEEP. PROVIDE 1"DRAIN PIPE FROM PAN TO THE NEAREST FLOOR DRAIN.PROVIDE 1" RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE PIPE FROM THERELIEF VALVE AND TERMINATE ATMOSPHERICALLY 6"ABOVE THE FLOOR.

4. ONE WATER METER SUPPLIED BY CITY OF CHICAGO.SECOND WATER METER SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR.

5. APPROVED T&P RELIEF REQUIRED FOR ALL WATERHEATERS.

6. PROVIDE AIR CHAMBERS AT ALL FIXTURES.

NOTES:



1

GPCGENERATOR PARALLELING

CONTROLLER

LEGCP-1LOCAL ENGINE

GENERATOR CONTROLPANEL

MSG-14.16KV MAIN

SWITCHGEAR

MOTOR CONTROLCENTERMCC-2

*DISCRETE SIGNALS(ANCILLARY SYSTEMSTART, STATUS)

*DISCRETE SIGNALS (ENGINESTART, DRY CONTACTS)

*COMMUNICATION

*COMMUNICATIONC21

C23C22

GSMCPGENERATOR

MASTER CONTROLPANEL

RIO

C9

N24AN24B

NETWORKACCESS PANEL

NAP-M3

C30

SHOWN FOR GENERATOR G-1.SIMILAR FOR G-2, G-3, G-4.

N35

TO GPC

C32

PUMP NO.1 VFD

TYPICALFOR 4

VIBRATIONSENSORS

VE SE

101

PUMP NO.1CONTROL

PANELP1CP

469 RELAY

TE

SPEEDSENSOR

TYPICAL FOR 12TEMPERATURE

SENSORS

E-STOPTRANSMITTER

PUMP NO.1MOTOR

HEATER

1MP4 1MP3 1MP1

1MP2

1MP5

LUBE OIL PUMP NO.1CONTROL PANEL

LUBE OIL SKID

FS

123A

FLOWSWITCH

FS

123B

FLOWSWITCH

LS

110

LEVELSWITCH

PSL

170APRESSURE

SWITCH

FS

170AFLOW

SWITCH

PSL

170BPRESSURE

SWITCH

FS

170BFLOW

SWITCH

ZSH

180LIMIT

SWITCH

ZSL

180ALIMIT

SWITCH

PIT

104PRESSURE

TRANSMITTER

HYDRAULIC ACTUATORCABINET HAV-1

DV-1 ACTUATOR

PIT

150PRESSURE

TRANSMITTER

PIT

600

LS

201LEVEL

SWITCH

FT

160FLOW

TRANSMITTER

PRESSURETRANSMITTER

SV

170SOLENOID

VALVE

1C2

1C1

1C3

1C3B1C3A

1C4A1C4B

1C5

1C8

1C6

1C9

1C7

1C10

1C11

1C12

1C13A1C13B

1C14A1C14B

1C17

1C15

1C16

SEE NOTE 4

3/4"C - 3/C#16

3/4"C - 2/C#16 TWSP

3/4"C - 2/C#16 TWSP

DWP-1DEWATERING PUMP

CONTROL PANEL(SPECIFIED UNDERSECTION 22 14 29)

DWCC-1DEWATERING

SYSTEMCONTROL PANEL

(SPECIFIED UNDERSECTION 40 96 55)

*DISCRETE SIGNALS(START, STATUS)

MCC-1

USS-1

MLDP-1

*SHUNT TRIPSIGNALS

*HAS-1 CB*HAS-2 CB*VPS-1 CB*SL-2 CB

40

DEWATERING PUMP

40

DEWATERING PUMP

FROMMCC-1

LIST OF EQUIPMENT TOBE SHUNT TRIPPED

*FEEDER CB TO PP-1

*FEEDER CB TO LDP-1

MSG-1

*52P1*52P2*52P3*52P4*52P5

UDP-A *FEEDER BREAKER TO UDP-1*FEEDER BREAKER TO UDP-6

FS

920G

DEWATERING SYSTEMCONTROL PANEL

(SPECIFIED UNDERSECTION 40 96 55)

FS

920F

FS

920D

EL +25.00

EL +10.00

EL -9.92

EL -18.00

HAS-1HAS-2VPS-1SL-2

PUMP NO.1PUMP NO.2PUMP NO.3PUMP NO.4PUMP NO.5

PUMP CONTROL PANELSNETWORK ACCESS PANELSVALVE OPERATORSLUBE OIL PUMP CONTROLPANELS

SP-1SP-2SP-3SP-4

LIGHTINGRECEPTACLES

LIGHTINGRECEPTACLES

DISCHARGE VALVEOPERATORS

SUCTIONS VALVEOPERATORSPORTABLE ACTUATORRECEPTACLE

1M13

SEE NOTE 3

SEE NOTE 3

LDP-1 *AREA A LIGHTING*AREA A RECEPTACLES

FS

920B

FLOATSWITCH(TYP)

FS

920A

EL -20.00

PUMPSTOP

SEE NOTE 3

SEENOTE 3

DWP-1A DWP-1B

FROMUDP-A

1UP3

ALARM ROTARYBEACON LIGHTS

EVACUATION SIREN

MLDP-2

*CB TO PORTABLEACTUATORRECEPTACLEFS

920C

FS

920E

MONITORINGSYSTEM

*DISCRETE SIGNALS(STATUS, ALARMS)

SEENOTE 3

DWAA-1(ANNUNCIATOR)

SEENOTE 3

ENGINESKID

AUXILIARYSKID

(SEE NOTE 1)

REMOTERADIATOR

FUELSYSTEM

1

2

1 2

1

LEGEND

PROVIDED AND TESTED AS ACOMPLETE ASSEMBLY BY THEMANUFACTURER PER SPECIFICATION26 32 00.

PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR ANDFIELD INSTALLED. (MULTIPLECONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED)

1

2

2

2

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


C:\U

sers

\mm

onte

\Docu

ments

\12354-C

PP

S-G

CM

HP

EI_

mm

onte

.rvt

7/1

3/2

016 4

:39: 3

2 P

M

NONE

E-47

MTM

BLOCK DIAGRAMS - SHEET 1

486

ELECTRICAL

BRG

JFM

MAY 2016

SCALE: NONE

GENERATOR CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM

SCALE: NONE

PUMP NO.1 BLOCK DIAGRAM

SCALE: NONE

DEWATERING SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM

SCALE: NONE

GENERATOR BLOCK DIAGRAM

(SIMILAR FOR PUMPS NO. 2, 3, 4, 5, SEE NOTE 2)

1. SKID INCLUDES CHARGED AIR COOLER, FUEL OILCOOLER, HEAT EXCHANGER, CIRCULATION PUMP ANDDAY TANK.

2. CONDUIT TAGS AND QUANTITIES DIFFER FOR PUMPSNO.2,3,4 AND 5. REFER TO CABLE AND CONDUITSCHEDULE FOR TAGS AND QUANTITIES.

3. PROVIDE CABLE, CONDUIT AND ANCILLARYEQUIPMENT AS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETESYSTEM PER SPECIFICATION 40 96 55.

4. REQUIRED CONDUIT AND CABLE PROVIDED BYEQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER.

NOTES:


1 07/15/16 NV ADDENDUM NO. 3

1

1

1

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

41

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

32

34

36

38

40

42

A B C

200AT

225AF

SOLIDNEUTRAL

LOAD-VA

AN BN CNSUB TOT 20,498 20,498 21,098

TOTAL 62,094

UPS PANEL 1 UDP-1(PUMP ROOM)208Y/120V, 3PH, 4W, 12KA SCCR, 225A BUSALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE 20A, 1PUNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE

P1CP SOURCE 1 (300)

P2CP SOURCE 1 (300)

P3CP SOURCE 1 (300)

P4CP SOURCE 1 (300)

P5CP SOURCE 1 (300)

WATER QUALITY MONITORING PANEL (600)

PUMP 1 LUBE OIL CP (4,200)



DV-2 DISCONNECT SWITCH (5,044)

DV-4 DISCONNECT SWITCH (10,880)

(300) P1CP SOURCE 2

(300) P2CP SOURCE 2

(300) P3CP SOURCE 2

(300) P4CP SOURCE 2

(300) P5CP SOURCE 2

(600) WATER QUALITY MONITORING PANEL

(4,200) PUMP 2 LUBE OIL CP

(4,200) PUMP 4 LUBE OIL CP

(5,044) DV-1 DISCONNECT SWITCH



35A 35A

20A20A

20A 20A

20A20A

20A 20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A 20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

A B C

200AT

225AF

SOLIDNEUTRAL

UDP-A(MAIN UPS DISTRIBUTION PANEL)208Y/120V,3PH,4W,12KA SCCR,225A BUS(SEE NOTE 1)

UDP-1DWCC-1(SEE NOTE 2)

30A

100AUDP-6

SPARE

100ASPARE

200A

100A

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

A B C

200AT

225AF

SOLIDNEUTRAL

UDP-B(MAIN UPS DISTRIBUTION PANEL)208Y/120V,3PH,4W,12KA SCCR,225A BUS

UDP-3UDP-2100A

100AUDP-4

SPARE

100AUDP-5

100A

100ASPARE

100A

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

A B C

50AT

100AF

SOLIDNEUTRAL

LOAD-VA

AN BN CNSUB TOT 5,220 5,040 4,040

TOTAL 14,300

UPS PANEL 2 UDP-2(SCADA SERVER ROOM)208Y/120V, 3PH, 4W, 12KA SCCR, 100A BUSALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE 20A, 1PUNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE

SCADA SERVER RACK A (3,500) (180) RECEPTACLES40A 20A

EXISTING SCADA SERVER (3,500)40A

(180) RECEPTACLES

(180) RECEPTACLESSCADA SERVER RACK B (3,500)

RECEPTACLES (180)

RECEPTACLES (180)

RECEPTACLES (180)

RECEPTACLES (180)

(180) RECEPTACLES

(180) RECEPTACLES

(180) RECEPTACLES

(1000) TELECOM/DATA RACK

(1000) TELECOM/DATA RACK

20A

20A

40A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

A B C

50AT

100AF

SOLIDNEUTRAL

LOAD-VA

AN BN CNSUB TOT 3,920 2,520 4,200

TOTAL 10,640

UPS PANEL 3 UDP-3(SECURITY SERVER ROOM)208Y/120V, 3PH, 4W, 12KA SCCR, 100A BUSALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE 20A, 1PUNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE

RECEPTACLES (180) (180) RECEPTACLES

RECEPTACLES (180) (180) RECEPTACLES

20A

20A

20A

20A

(1000) RAP-120A

(1000) RAP-220A

(1000) RAP-320A

(1000) RAP-420A

ELECTRIC DOOR STRIKES (1200)20A



RECEPTACLES (180)

RECEPTACLES (180)

(180) RECEPTACLES

(180) RECEPTACLES

(1000) SECURITY RACK20A

(1000) SECURITY RACK20A

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

A B C

50AT

100AF

SOLIDNEUTRAL

LOAD-VA

AN BN CNSUB TOT 100 3,500 1,000

TOTAL 4,600

UPS PANEL 4 UDP-4(GENERATOR ROOM)208Y/120V, 3PH, 4W, 12KA SCCR, 100A BUSALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE 20A, 1PUNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE

SPARE SPARE

GSMCP (SCADA) (1500)

LVSCP (SCADA) (1000)

(500) NAP-M3

(500) NAP-M4

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

(1000) RAP-5

20A20A

20A 20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20A

20ARESCUE ASSISTANCE POWER SUPPLY (100)

SPARE20A

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-GC

MH

PE

I_oc

have

z.rv

t7 /

21/2

0 16

11: 4

8:13

AM

NONE

E-51

LAN

PANELBOARD SCHEDULES - SHEET 3

490

ELECTRICAL

BRG

JFM

MAY 2016

1. REFER TO DEWATERING SYSTEMSPECIFICATION 70 96 55 AND BLOCKDIAGRAM ON DRAWING E-47 FORCIRCUIT BREAKERS TO BE CAPABLE OFSHUNT TRIP.

2. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY BREAKER SIZEWITH DEWATERING SYSTEM CONTROLPANEL.

NOTES:

NO. DATE APPD DESCRIPTION1 07/15/16 NV ADDENDUM NO. 3

11

1

1

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-GC

MH

PE

I_oc

have

z.rv

t7 /

21/2

0 16

12: 0

2:50

PM

E-53

MTM

CABLE AND CONDUIT SCHEDULES - SHEET1

492

ELECTRICAL

BRG

JFM

MAY 2016

CABLE AND CONDUIT SCHEDULE - SHEET 1

CONDUITNUMBER

CONDUITSIZE

CONDUCTOR QUANTITY ANDSIZE FROM TO REMARKS

2MP2 1" 3 #8 & 1 #10 G PUMP NO.2 CONTROL PANEL P2CP PUMP NO.2 MOTOR MOTOR HEATER2MP3 2" 3 #8, 2#10, & 2 #10 G PUMP NO.2 CONTROL PANEL P2CP VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-2 E-STOP/HEATER2MP4 2" 14-3/C#16 PUMP NO.2 CONTROL PANEL P2CP VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-2 TEMPERATURE SENSORS2MP5 2" 11 - 2/C #16 TWSP PUMP NO.2 CONTROL PANEL P2CP VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-2 VIBRATION AND SPEED

SENSORS

3MP1 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 #3/0 G VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-3 PUMP NO.3 MOTOR3MP2 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 #3/0 G VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-3 PUMP NO.3 MOTOR3MP3 1" 3 #8 & 1 #10 G PUMP NO.3 CONTROL PANEL P3CP PUMP NO.3 MOTOR MOTOR HEATER3MP4 2" 3 #8, 2#10, & 2 #10 G PUMP NO.3 CONTROL PANEL P3CP VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-3 E-STOP/HEATER3MP5 2" 14-3/C#16 PUMP NO.3 CONTROL PANEL P3CP VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-3 TEMPERATURE SENSORS3MP6 2" 11 - 2/C #16 TWSP PUMP NO.3 CONTROL PANEL P3CP VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-3 VIBRATION AND SPEED

SENSORS


SENSORS


SENSORS


CONDUITNUMBER

CONDUITSIZE

CONDUCTOR QUANTITY ANDSIZE FROM TO REMARKS

COMED SERVICE NO.1, LINE NO.1 AND SERVICE NO.1, LINE NO.21U1 5" SEE NOTE 1 REMOTE COMED SWITCHGEAR COMED SWITCHGEAR USG-1 SERVICE NO.11U2 5" SEE NOTE 1 REMOTE COMED SWITCHGEAR COMED SWITCHGEAR USG-1 SERVICE NO.11U3 5" SEE NOTE 1 REMOTE COMED SWITCHGEAR COMED SWITCHGEAR USG-1 SERVICE NO.11U4 5" SEE NOTE 1 REMOTE COMED SWITCHGEAR COMED SWITCHGEAR USG-1 SERVICE NO.11U5 5" SEE NOTE 1 REMOTE COMED SWITCHGEAR COMED SWITCHGEAR USG-1 SERVICE NO.11U6 5" SEE NOTE 1 REMOTE COMED SWITCHGEAR COMED SWITCHGEAR USG-1 SERVICE NO.1COMED SERVICE NO.2, LINE NO.1 AND SERVICE NO.2, LINE NO.22U1 5" SEE NOTE 1 REMOTE COMED SWITCHGEAR COMED SWITCHGEAR USG-2 SERVICE NO.22U2 5" SEE NOTE 1 REMOTE COMED SWITCHGEAR COMED SWITCHGEAR USG-2 SERVICE NO.22U3 5" SEE NOTE 1 REMOTE COMED SWITCHGEAR COMED SWITCHGEAR USG-2 SERVICE NO.22U4 5" SEE NOTE 1 REMOTE COMED SWITCHGEAR COMED SWITCHGEAR USG-2 SERVICE NO.22U5 5" SEE NOTE 1 REMOTE COMED SWITCHGEAR COMED SWITCHGEAR USG-2 SERVICE NO.22U6 5" SEE NOTE 1 REMOTE COMED SWITCHGEAR COMED SWITCHGEAR USG-2 SERVICE NO.2MSG-1 SERVICE1UT1 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 #4/0 G COMED TRANSFORMER UT-1 SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 SERVICE NO.1, LINE NO.11UT2 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 #4/0 G COMED TRANSFORMER UT-1 SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 SERVICE NO.1, LINE NO.11UT3 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 #4/0 G COMED TRANSFORMER UT-1 SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 SERVICE NO.1, LINE NO.11UT4 4" EMPTY COMED TRANSFORMER UT-1 SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 SPARE2UT1 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 #4/0 G COMED TRANSFORMER UT-2 SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 SERVICE NO.1, LINE NO.22UT2 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 #4/0 G COMED TRANSFORMER UT-2 SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 SERVICE NO.1, LINE NO.22UT3 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 #4/0 G COMED TRANSFORMER UT-2 SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 SERVICE NO.1, LINE NO.22UT4 4" EMPTY COMED TRANSFORMER UT-2 SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 SPARE3UT1 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 #4/0 G COMED TRANSFORMER UT-3 SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 SERVICE NO.2, LINE NO.13UT2 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 #4/0 G COMED TRANSFORMER UT-3 SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 SERVICE NO.2, LINE NO.13UT3 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 #4/0 G COMED TRANSFORMER UT-3 SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 SERVICE NO.2, LINE NO.13UT4 4" EMPTY COMED TRANSFORMER UT-3 SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 SPARE4UT1 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 #4/0 G COMED TRANSFORMER UT-4 SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 SERVICE NO.2, LINE NO.24UT2 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 #4/0 G COMED TRANSFORMER UT-4 SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 SERVICE NO.2, LINE NO.24UT3 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 #4/0 G COMED TRANSFORMER UT-4 SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 SERVICE NO.2, LINE NO.24UT4 4" EMPTY COMED TRANSFORMER UT-4 SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 SPAREMSG-1 FEEDERS1MS2 4" 3 # 4/0 & 1 # 3/0 G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 TRANSFORMER T-1 (USS-1) UNIT SUBSTATION FEED NO.11MS4A 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENERATOR FEED NO.11MS4B 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENERATOR FEED NO.11MS4C 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENERATOR FEED NO.11MS4D 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENERATOR FEED NO.11MS4E 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENERATOR FEED NO.11MS4F 4" SPARE SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENERATOR FEED NO.11MS6 4" 3 - 500 KCMIL & 1 #3/0 G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-11MS8A 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 TEMPORARY GENERATION TSG-1 FEED NO.11MS8B 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 TEMPORARY GENERATION TSG-1 FEED NO.11MS8C 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 TEMPORARY GENERATION TSG-1 FEED NO.11MS8D 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 TEMPORARY GENERATION TSG-1 FEED NO.11MS8E 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 TEMPORARY GENERATION TSG-1 FEED NO.11MS8F 4" SPARE SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 TEMPORARY GENERATION TSG-1 FEED NO.11MS12A 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 #3/0 G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-31MS12B 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 #3/0 G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-31MS17A 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 #3/0 G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-41MS17B 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 #3/0 G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-41MS21A 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 #3/0 G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-51MS21B 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 #3/0 G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-51MS23A 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 TEMPORARY GENERATION TSG-1 FEED NO.21MS23B 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 TEMPORARY GENERATION TSG-1 FEED NO.21MS23C 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 TEMPORARY GENERATION TSG-1 FEED NO.21MS23D 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 TEMPORARY GENERATION TSG-1 FEED NO.21MS23E 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 TEMPORARY GENERATION TSG-1 FEED NO.21MS23F 4" SPARE SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 TEMPORARY GENERATION TSG-1 FEED NO.21MS25 4" 3 - 500 KCMIL & 1 #3/0 G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-21MS27 4" 3 # 4/0 & 1 # 3/0 G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 TRANSFORMER T-2 (USS-1) UNIT SUBSTATION FEED NO.21MS29A 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENERATOR FEED NO.21MS29B 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENERATOR FEED NO.21MS29C 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENERATOR FEED NO.21MS29D 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENERATOR FEED NO.21MS29E 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 300 KCMIL G SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENERATOR FEED NO.21MS29F 4" SPARE SWITCHGEAR MSG-1 GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENERATOR FEED NO.2GSG-11GS2A 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 # 4/0 G GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENSET G-11GS2B 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 # 4/0 G GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENSET G-11GS4A 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 # 4/0 G GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENSET G-21GS4B 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 # 4/0 G GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENSET G-21GS8A 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 # 4/0 G GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENSET G-31GS8B 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 # 4/0 G GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENSET G-31GS10A 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 # 4/0 G GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENSET G-41GS10B 4" 3 - 350 KCMIL & 1 - 350 KCMIL N & 1 # 4/0 G GENERATOR SWITCHGEAR GSG-1 GENSET G-4

1MP1 4" 3 - 500 KCMIL & 1 #3/0 G VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-1 PUMP NO.1 MOTOR1MP2 1" 3 #8 & 1 #10 G PUMP NO.1 CONTROL PANEL P1CP PUMP NO.1 MOTOR MOTOR HEATER1MP3 2" 3 #8, 2#10, & 2 #10 G PUMP NO.1 CONTROL PANEL P1CP VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-1 E-STOP/HEATER1MP4 2" 14-3/C#16 PUMP NO.1 CONTROL PANEL P1CP VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-1 TEMPERATURE SENSORS1MP5 2" 11 - 2/C #16 TWSP PUMP NO.1 CONTROL PANEL P1CP VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-1 VIBRATION AND SPEED

SENSORS

2MP1 4" 3 - 500 KCMIL & 1 #3/0 G VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VFD-2 PUMP NO.2 MOTOR

1. CABLE PROVIDED BY COMED.NOTE:


1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-GC

MH

PE

I_oc

have

z.rv

t7/

21/2

016

2:46

:32

PM

E-56

MTM

CABLE AND CONDUIT SCHEDULES - SHEET4

495

ELECTRICAL

BRG

JFM

MAY 2016


CONDUITNUMBER

CONDUITSIZE

CONDUCTOR QUANTITYAND SIZE FROM TO REMARKS

5C2B 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G LUBE OIL CP FS 523B5C3A 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P5CP LUBE OIL SKID5C3B 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P5CP LUBE OIL SKID5C4 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P5CP SV 5705C5 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P5CP FS 570A5C6 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P5CP FS 570B5C7 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P5CP PSL 580A5C8 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P5CP PSL 580B5C9 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P5CP ZSH 580A5C10 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P5CP ZSL 580A5C11 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P5CP PIT 5045C12A 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P5CP HAV-55C12B 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P5CP HAV-55C13A 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P5CP DV-55C13B 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P5CP DV-55C14 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P5CP PIT 5505C15 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P5CP FT 5605C16 3/4" 6 #14 & 1 - #14 G P5CP FREIGHT ELEVATOR CP

N1A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e P1CP NAP-P1N1B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e P1CP NAP-P1N2A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e P2CP NAP-P2N2B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e P2CP NAP-P2N3A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e P3CP NAP-P3N3B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e P3CP NAP-P3N4A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e P4CP NAP-P4N4B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e P4CP NAP-P4N5A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e P5CP NAP-P5N5B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e P5CP NAP-P5N6A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-P1 NAP-P2N6B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-P1 NAP-P2N7A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-P2 NAP-P5N7B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-P2 NAP-P5N8A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-P5 NAP-M1N8B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-P5 NAP-M1N9A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-M1 NAP-P4N9B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-M1 NAP-P4N10A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-P4 NAP-P3N10B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-P4 NAP-P3N11A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-P3 NAP-P1N11B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-P3 NAP-P1N12A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-M1 HAS-1N12B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-M1 HAS-1N13A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-M1 HAS-2N13B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-M1 HAS-2N14A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-M1 VPS-1N14B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-M1 VPS-1N15A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-VFD V1CPN15B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-VFD V1CPN16A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-VFD V2CPN16B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-VFD V2CPN17A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-VFD V3CPN17B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-VFD V3CPN18A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-VFD V4CPN18B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-VFD V4CPN19A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-VFD V5CPN19B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-VFD V5CPN20 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-VFD NAP-MSGN20A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-VFD NAP-MSGN21A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-MSG MSGCPN21B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-MSG MSGCPN22 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-MSG NAP-M2N22A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-MSG NAP-M2N23A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-VFD NAP-M2N23B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e NAP-VFD NAP-M2N24A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e GSMCP GCP-1N24B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e GSMCP GCP-1N25A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e GSMCP GCP-2N25B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e GSMCP GCP-2N26A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e GSMCP GCP-3N26B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e GSMCP GCP-3N27A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e GSMCP GCP-4N27B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e GSMCP GCP-4N28A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e GSMCP NAP-M3N28B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e GSMCP NAP-M3N29A 3/4" 1 - CAT6e LVSCP NAP-M4N29B 3/4" 1 - CAT6e LVSCP NAP-M4N30A 1 1/2" 12 PAIR FIBER OPTIC CABLE SERVER RACK NAP-M1N30B 1 1/2" 12 PAIR FIBER OPTIC CABLE SERVER RACK NAP-M1N31A 1 1/2" 12 PAIR FIBER OPTIC CABLE NAP-M1 NAP-M2N31B 1 1/2" 12 PAIR FIBER OPTIC CABLE NAP-M1 NAP-M2N32A 1 1/2" 12 PAIR FIBER OPTIC CABLE NAP-M2 NAP-M3N32B 1 1/2" 12 PAIR FIBER OPTIC CABLE NAP-M2 NAP-M3N33A 1 1/2" 12 PAIR FIBER OPTIC CABLE NAP-M3 NAP-M4N33B 1 1/2" 12 PAIR FIBER OPTIC CABLE NAP-M3 NAP-M4N34A 1 1/2" 12 PAIR FIBER OPTIC CABLE NAP-M4 SERVER RACKN34B 1 1/2" 12 PAIR FIBER OPTIC CABLE NAP-M4 SERVER RACKN35 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP GPC LEGCP-1N36 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP GPC LEGCP-2N37 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP GPC LEGCP-3N38 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP GPC LEGCP-4


CONDUITNUMBER

CONDUITSIZE

CONDUCTOR QUANTITYAND SIZE FROM TO REMARKS

1C1 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P1CP LS 2011C2 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P1CP LS 1101C3 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P1CP LUBE OIL CP1C3A 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G LUBE OIL CP FS 123A1C3B 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G LUBE OIL CP FS 123B1C4A 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P1CP LUBE OIL SKID1C4B 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P1CP LUBE OIL SKID1C5 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P1CP SV 1701C6 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P1CP FS 170A1C7 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P1CP FS 170B1C8 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P1CP PSL 180A1C9 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P1CP PSL 180B1C10 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P1CP ZSH 180A1C11 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P1CP ZSL 180A1C12 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P1CP PIT 1041C13A 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P1CP HAV-11C13B 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P1CP HAV-11C14A 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P1CP DV-11C14B 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P1CP DV-11C15 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P1CP PIT 1501C16 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P1CP FT 1601C17 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P1CP PIT 6002C1 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P2CP LS 2022C2 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P2CP LS 2102C3 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P2CP LUBE OIL CP2C3A 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G LUBE OIL CP FS 223A2C3B 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G LUBE OIL CP FS 223B2C4A 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P2CP LUBE OIL SKID2C4B 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P2CP LUBE OIL SKID2C5 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P2CP SV 2702C6 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P2CP FS 270A2C7 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P2CP FS 270B2C8 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P2CP PSL 280A2C9 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P2CP PSL 280B2C10 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P2CP ZSH 280A2C11 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P2CP ZSL 280A2C12 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P2CP PIT 2042C13A 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P2CP HAV-22C13B 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P2CP HAV-22C14A 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P2CP DV-22C14B 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P2CP DV-22C15 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P2CP PIT 2502C16 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P2CP FT 2602C17 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P2CP AIT 9012C18 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P2CP AIT 9022C19 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P2CP AIT 9033C1 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P3CP LS 3023C2 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P3CP LS 3103C3 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P3CP LUBE OIL CP3C3A 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G LUBE OIL CP FS 323A3C3B 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G LUBE OIL CP FS 323B3C4A 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P3CP LUBE OIL SKID3C4B 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P3CP LUBE OIL SKID3C5 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P3CP SV 3703C6 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P3CP FS 370A3C7 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P3CP FS 370B3C8 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P3CP PSL 380A3C9 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P3CP PSL 380B3C10 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P3CP ZSH 380A3C11 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P3CP ZSL 380A3C12 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P3CP PIT 3043C13A 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P3CP HAV-33C13B 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P3CP HAV-33C14A 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P3CP DV-33C14B 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P3CP DV-33C15 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P3CP PIT 3503C16 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P3CP FT 3604C1 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P4CP LS 4044C2 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P4CP LUBE OIL CP4C2A 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G LUBE OIL CP FS 423A4C2B 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G LUBE OIL CP FS 423B4C3A 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P4CP LUBE OIL SKID4C3B 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P4CP LUBE OIL SKID4C4 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P4CP SV 4704C5 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P4CP FS 470A4C6 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P4CP FS 470B4C7 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P4CP PSL 480A4C8 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P4CP PSL 480B4C9 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P4CP ZSH 480A4C10 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P4CP ZSL 480A4C11 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P4CP PIT 4044C12A 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P4CP HAV-44C12B 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P4CP HAV-44C13A 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P4CP DV-44C13B 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P4CP DV-44C14 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P4CP PIT 4504C15 3/4" 2/C #16 TWSP P4CP FT 4605C1 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G P5CP LS 5055C2 1" 16 #14 & 1 - #14 G P5CP LUBE OIL CP5C2A 3/4" 2 #14 & 1 - #14 G LUBE OIL CP FS 523A


1

1

1

1

1

F9

WUH-52-21

WUH-62-21

WUH-72-21

WUH-82-21

LIGHTING/DISTRIBUTIONPANEL 2LDP-2

MAINTENANCEOBSERVATION

100

FL EL: 25.00

EXISTINGELEVATOR

B3

5

1LDP2

TO MCC-1

DEWATERINGCONTROL PANELDWP-1

1M13

SEE CONTINUATIONON DRAWING E-76

PULL BOXNEAREL +45.00SEE NOTE 2

ALARM ROTARYBEACON LIGHT FORDEWATERINGCONTROL SYSTEM(TYP)

TO UPS-1

DEWATERINGCONTROL CABINETDWCC-1(SEE NOTE 3)

CRANEDISCONNECTSWITCH

OVERHEAD DOOROCHD-1A

EXISTING ELEVATORDISCONNECT SWITCH

EXISTING WESTEXTERIOR LIGHTINGCONNECTION2-6

1M14

MLDT-2(WALL MOUNT ABOVEDISCONNECT SWITCH)

TO MCC-1TO MLDP-1

INSTALL CONDUITSABOVE WINDOWS (TYP)

1M15TO MCC-1

MAIN LIGHTING/DISTRIBUTIONPANEL 2MLDP-2

1M14A

1MP3, 1MP4, 1MP5

1MP1

1MP22MP3, 2MP4, 2MP5

1M8

OVERHEAD DOOROCHD-1B

1M16TO MCC-1

EXISTING WATER MONITORING PANELU1-11,12

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-GC

MH

PE

I_oc

have

z.rv

t7 /

21/2

0 16

11: 5

1:09

AM

3/16" = 1'-0"

E-73

MTM

AREA A - POWER PLAN AT EL +25.00

512

ELECTRICAL

BRG

JFM

MAY 2016

A

FILLMORE ST

CE

NT

RA

L P

AR

K A

VE

B

C

D E F

KEY PLAN

SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"

AREA A - POWER PLAN AT EL +25.00

3/16"=1'-0"4 0 4 8 12 FT

1. CIRCUIT DESIGNATIONS ARE IDENTIFIED WITH #-#.THE FIRST NUMBER INDICATES THE PANEL ANDTHE SECOND NUMBER INDICATES THE CIRCUIT. I.E.2-25 INDICATES PANEL LDP-2 CKT 25.

2. PROVIDE SEPARATE PULL BOXES FOR LOWVOLTAGE AND MEDIUM VOLTAGE CONDUCTORS.PROVIDE BARRIERS IN THE LOW VOLTAGE PULLBOX TO SEPARATE POWER AND CONTROL WIRING.

3. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 40 96 55DEWATERING CONTROL SYSTEM FOR ADDITIONALDETAILS.

4. ALL REQUIRED PULL BOXES AND CONDUIT BODIESARE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY BUT MUST BEPROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATION26 05 33.

NOTE:


1

D

C1

B2

6 6B 7A 8A 8B 9A 10A

11

11A 12A

PARTS ROOM

B103

FL EL: 11.00

CORRIDOR

B102

FL EL: 11.00

STAIR C

UP TO DISCONNECTSWITCH (TYP OF 8)

EAF-146-1

SUMP PUMPCONTROLPANEL SP-5

TO MCC-2

TO MCC-2

SUMP PUMP CONTROLPANEL SP-6

SP-6A SP-6B

TO MCC-3SCISSOR LIFTSL-1CONTROL PANEL

SP-5B

SP-5A

2

E-81

GFI (TYP OF ALLROOMS ANDCORRIDOR)

HVAC PLENUM

FL EL: 11.00

B3

3

E-81

4

E-81

SEECONTINUATIONONDRAWING E-70

SEECONTINUATIONON DRAWINGE-75

PULL BOX(SEE NOTE 1)

5

E-81

UP TO GSG-1(TYP OF 20)

10

10

10

8

8

10

10 8

8 6 4 2

4

2 2

2

4

22446

68

12

4

6

6

8

64

686

2

68

12

MS

6-1(EAF-14)

TO MCC-3

FOCP-2

UP TO MCC-2(TYP OF 4)

UP TO MCC-3(TYP OF 4)

2M22

3M7

3M5

2M17

PULL BOXPB-2(SEE NOTE 1)

WELDING STORAGE

B105

FL EL: 11.00

WELDING SHOP

B104

FL EL: 11.00

ELECTRICAL SHOP

B109

FL EL: 11.00

ELECTRICAL STORAGE

B109-B

FL EL: 11.00

MECHANICALSTORAGE

B110-B

FL EL: 11.00

MECHANICAL SHOP

B110

FL EL: 11.00

PIPE FITTER SHOP

B111

FL EL: 11.00

PIPE FITTER STORAGE

B111-B

FL EL: 11.00

STAIR B

SEECONTINUATIONONDRAWING E-77

PERMANENTGENERATOR DUCTBANK. SEECONTINUATION ONDRAWING E-3

SEECONTINUATIONOF CONDUITROUTE ONDRAWING E-86

CONDUITTRANSITIONAREA

FUEL RETURN TANKROOM

B115

FL EL: 11.00

3M20B

3M20A

8

MSPP-1MSLP-1

MST-1

TO MCC-3

3M20

TO MSPP-1

SEE NOTE 5 (TYPFOR ALL 3 PHASERECEPTACLES INBASEMENT SHOPS)

BOILER/GENERATOR B1

11.00'

BOILER/GENERATOR L1

27.50'

4 SPARES, 1MP3, 1MP4, 1MP5,2MP3, 2MP4, 2MP5, 4MP4, 4MP5, 4MP6

1US8A, 1US8B

1MP1, 1MS27, 1US7A, 1US7B, 3MP1, 3MP2, 4MP1, 4MP27 SPARES, 3MP3, 3MP4, 3MP5, 5MP4, 5MP5, 5MP6

2MP1, 1MS2, 1US5A, 1US5B, 1US6A, 1US6B, 5MP1, 5MP22 SPARES

BOILER/GENERATOR B1

11.00'

BOILER/GENERATOR L1

27.50'

2 SPARES, 4MP4, 4MP5, 4MP6

1MS4F1MS4E1MS4D

1MS29F1MS29E1MS29D

1MS4A1MS4B1MS4C

1MS29A1MS29B1MS29C

2 SPARES, 5MP4, 5MP5, 5MP64MP1, 4MP25MP1, 5MP2, 1GS2A, 1GS2B2 SPARES, 1GS3A, 1GS3B1US9, 1US10, 1GS4A, 1GS4B1GS5A, 1GS5B

BOILER/GENERATOR B1

11.00'

BOILER/GENERATOR L1

27.50'

1MP1, 1MS27, 1US7A, 1US7B, 3MP1, 3MP22MP1, 1MS2, 1US5A, 1US5B, 1US6A, 1US6B1US8A, 1US8B, 1US3A, 1US3B, 1US4A, 1US4B1US10, 1US9

3 SPARES, 1MP3, 1MP4, 1MP5, 2MP3, 2MP33 SPARES, 2MP4, 2MP5, 3MP3, 3MP4, 3MP5

BOILER/GENERATOR B1

11.00'

BOILER/GENERATOR L1

27.50'

1MS4F1MS4E1MS4D

1MS29F1MS29E1MS29D

1MS4A1MS4B1MS4C

1MS29A1MS29B1MS29C

1GS2A, 1GS2B1GS4A, 1GS4B1GS8A, 1GS8B1GS10A, 1GS10B

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-GC

MH

PE

I_oc

have

z.rv

t7 /

21/2

0 16

11: 5

4:34

AM

As indicated

E-81

MTM

AREA D - PARTIAL POWER PLAN AT EL+11.00

520

ELECTRICAL

BRG

JFM

MAY 2016

SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"

AREA D - PARTIAL POWER PLAN AT EL +11.00A

FILLMORE ST

CE

NT

RA

L P

AR

K A

VE

B

C

D E F

KEY PLAN

3/16"=1'-0"4 0 4 8 12 FT

SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"E-812 CONDUIT ROUTE

3/8"=1'-0"1 0 1 2 43 5 6 7 FT

SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"E-813 CONDUIT ROUTE

SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"E-814 CONDUIT ROUTE SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"E-81

5 CONDUIT ROUTE

1. PROVIDE SEPARATE PULL BOXES FOR LOWVOLTAGE AND MEDIUM VOLTAGE CONDUCTORS.PROVIDE BARRIERS IN THE LOW VOLTAGE PULLBOX TO SEPARATE POWER AND CONTROL WIRING.

2. CIRCUIT DESIGNATIONS ARE IDENTIFIED WITH #-#.THE FIRST NUMBER INDICATES THE PANEL AND THESECOND NUMBER INDICATES THE CIRCUIT. I.E. 2-25INDICATES PANEL LDP-2 CKT 25.

3. ALL RECEPTACLES ON THIS DRAWING ARECONNECTED TO PANEL LDP-5. NUMBER ADJACENTTO RECEPTACLE REPRESENTS CIRCUIT NUMBER.

4. ALL REQUIRED PULL BOXES AND CONDUIT BODIESARE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY BUT MUST BEPROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATION26 05 33.

5. ALL THREE PHASE RECEPTACLES SHOWN ON THISDRAWING ARE NEMA L16-30 FED FROM THENEAREST PANELBOARD ON EL +11.00. COORDINATERECEPTACLE TYPE AND LOCATION WITH THECOMMISIONER'S REPRESENTATIVE.

NOTES:


1

SERVER ROOMAREA C AT EL +25.00

REFER TO DRAWING N-4 FORNETWORK CONFIGURATION DETAILS

EXISTING SERVER RACKREFER TO NOTE 1 SERVER RACKS A/B

PUMP ROOMAREA A AT EL -9.92


PUMP NO. 4CONTROL PANEL

P4CP

NETWORKACCESS PANEL

NAP-P4

NETWORKACCESS PANEL

NAP-M1

VFD ROOMAREA E AT EL +21.58


PUMP NO. 1 VFD CONTROL PANEL

V1CP

NETWORKACCESS PANEL

NAP-VFD

PUMP NO. 2 VFDCONTROL PANEL

V2CP


V3CP


V4CP


V5CP

NETWORKACCESS PANEL

NAP-M2

MAIN SWITCHGEARCONTROL PANEL

MSGCP

NETWORKACCESS PANEL

NAP-MSG

GENSET MASTER CONTROL PANEL

GSMCP

GENSET 1CONTROLLER

GCP-1

NETWORKACCESS PANEL

NAP-M3

MEDIUM VOLTATGE SWITCHGEAR ROOMAREA E AT EL +21.58

REFER TO DRAWING N-6 FORNETWORK CONNECTION DETAILS

PARALLELING SWITCHGEAR ROOMAREA D AT EL +27.50


LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR ROOMAREA B AT EL +33.00


LV SWITCHGEAR CONTROL PANEL

LVSCP

NETWORKACCESS PANEL

NAP-M4

1


P3CP

NETWORKACCESS PANEL

NAP-P3

1


P1CP

NETWORKACCESS PANEL

NAP-P1

1


P2CP

NETWORKACCESS PANEL

NAP-P2

1


P5CP

NETWORKACCESS PANEL

NAP-P5

1

1 2 CONDUITS - 1 CAT 6e WIRE EACH

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2 CONDUITS - 12 PAIRS FIBER EACH

1

1

1

1

1

1

22

2

2

GENSET 2CONTROLLER

GCP-2

GENSET 3CONTROLLER

GCP-3

GENSET 4CONTROLLER

GCP-4

HAS-1 HAS-2 VPS-1 1

11GENERATOR ROOMAREA D AT EL +27.50


SEE NOTE 5

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-GC

MH

PE

I_oc

have

z.rv

t7/

21/2

016

3:09

:37

PM

NONE

N-3

MB

NETWORK OVERVIEW

586

INSTRUMENTATION

THP

THP

MAY 2016

SCALE: NONE

NETWORK OVERVIEW

1. MAINTAIN EXISTING SCADA NETWORK AFTERBEING RELOCATED, UNTIL EXISTING PUMPS ARETRANSFERRED TO NEW CONTROL SYSTEM.

2. FOR FIBER CONNECTION AND INSTALLATIONDETAILS REFER TO DRAWINGS N-31 AND 40 93 50.

3. PROVIDE FACTORY TESTED AND TERMINATEDCAT 6e CABLES FOR USE WITHIN PANELS.

4. NAP-M1, NAP-M2, NAP-M3, NAP-M4 ARE CORESWITCH PANELS.

5. TO JARDINE WPP VIA TELEPHONE BACKBOARD.6. ABBREVIATIONS:

NOTES:

- NAP: NETWORK ACCESS PANEL- HAS: HYDRAULIC ACCUMULATOR SYSTEM- VPS: VACUUM PRIMARY SYSTEM

NO. DATE APPD DESCRIPTION1 07/15/16 THP ADDENDUM NO. 3

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

O OO O O O O O O O O O O O O

O OO O O O O O O O O O O O O

O OO

OO

O OO

OO

O OO

OO

O OO

OO

O OO

OO

OO

O OO

OO

O OO

OO

O

OO

O OO

OO

OO

O OO

OO

OO

OO

O OO

OO

O

OO

O

OO

O OO

OO

O OO

OO

O OO

OO

O OO

OO

O OO

OO

O OO

OO

OO

O OO

OO

O

OO

O OO

OO

O OO

OO

O OO

OO

O OO

P5C

P I/

O

SHAFT

FOR CONTINUATIONSEE DRAWING N-2

M

DV-5CV-5

HS

540B

COHS

540A

LORHMS

540A

S

YL

540A

G

CLOSED

YL

540B

R

OPEN

YL

540C

A

FAULT

DV-5 ACTUATOR

FE

560

FT

560

VA

LVE

IN R

EM

OT

E O

PE

RA

TIO

N

VA

LVE

OP

EN

VA

LVE

FA

ULT

CLO

SE

VA

LVE

VA

LVE

CLO

SE

D

OP

EN

VA

LVE

FOR CONTINUATIONSEE DRAWING N-2

P5C

P-P

LC1

#

OIT

/HM

I

P5C

P

PIT

550

PU

MP

NO

. 5 C

UR

B P

RE

SS

UR

E

PU

MP

NO

. 5 D

ISC

HA

RG

E F

LOW

LS

510

VA

CU

UM

PR

IMIN

G R

EA

DY

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE I/O AT P5CP-PLC1REFER TO I/O LIST ON DRAWING N-23

REFER TO DRAWING N-5FOR CONTINUATION

DIR

TY

OIL

FIL

TE

R 1

HIG

H O

IL T

EM

PE

RA

TU

RE

HIG

H O

IL P

RE

SS

UR

E P

UM

P 1

LOW

OIL

LE

VE

L

DIR

TY

OIL

FIL

TE

R 2

HIG

H O

IL P

RE

SS

UR

E P

UM

P 2

LOW

FLO

W T

O B

EA

RIN

GS

PU

MP

2 R

UN

NIN

G

PU

MP

1 R

UN

NIN

G

E-S

TO

P P

RE

SS

ED

SPARE

SPARE

SV-5

40"x42"INCREASER

YL

530A

G

CLOSED

YL

530B

R

OPEN

YL

530C

A

FAULT

REFER TO DRAWING N-17FOR CONTINUATION

48"

SPARE

SPARE

YA

501A

VF

D F

AU

LT

YI

501B

VF

D R

EA

DY

YI

501A

VF

D IN

RE

MO

TE

YI

501C

VF

D R

UN

NIN

G

SI

502A

PU

MP

SP

EE

D

YA

502A

HIG

H V

IBR

AT

ION

YA

502B

HIG

H T

EM

PE

RA

TU

RE

YA

502C

PU

MP

FA

ULT

YI

502A

PU

MP

RU

NN

ING

YI

540A

DV

-5 IN

RE

MO

TE

JIT

502A

ELA

SP

ED

RU

N T

IME

YI

540B

DV

-5 O

PE

N

YI

540C

DV

-5 C

LOS

ED

YA

540A

DV

-5 F

AU

LT

FI

560

PU

MP

NO

. 5D

ISC

HA

RG

E F

LOW

PI

550

PU

MP

NO

. 5C

UR

B P

RE

SS

UR

E

PI

600

ST

AT

ION

CU

RB

PR

ES

SU

RE

YA

521B

DIR

TY

FIL

TE

R 2

YA

520A

ES

TO

P P

RE

SS

ED

YA

522B

LOW

OIL

LE

VE

L

YA

521A

DIR

TY

FIL

TE

R 1

JIT

520A

PU

MP

1 R

UN

TIM

E

YA

520B

FA

ULT YA

523A

LOW

OIL

FLO

W A

LAR

M

JIT

520B

PU

MP

2 R

UN

TIM

E

YI

520B

PU

MP

2 R

UN

NIN

G

YA

705A

P5C

P-P

LC1

FA

IL

YA

705B

P5C

P-P

LC2

FA

IL

LUBE OIL SYSTEM

YI

510A

VA

CU

UM

PR

IMIN

G R

EA

DY

YA

570A

SE

AL

WA

TE

R L

OW

PR

ES

SU

RE

ALA

RM

YA

570B

SE

AL

WA

TE

R L

OW

PR

ES

SU

RE

ALA

RM

YI

570A

SE

AL

WA

TE

RF

LOW

AC

TIV

E

YI

570B

SE

AL

WA

TE

RF

LOW

AC

TIV

E

SEAL WATER SYSTEM PUMP NO. 5

YI

530A

CV

-5 O

PE

N

YI

530B

CV

-5 C

LOS

ED

YA

530A

CV

-5 F

AU

LT

CV-5 DV-5

YA

502D

PU

MP

WA

RN

ING

ALA

RM

YI

520A

PU

MP

1 R

UN

NIN

G

YA

521D

HI O

IL P

RE

SS

UR

E P

UM

P

YA

521C

HI O

IL P

RE

SS

UR

E P

UM

P

YA

522A

HI O

IL T

EM

PE

RA

TU

RE

PI

504A

DIS

CH

AR

GE

PR

ES

SU

RE

TO CURBPRESSURERING

HMS

520A

ES

YL

520B

W

CONTROLPOWER

ON

YL

520A

A

FAULT

LUBE OIL CONTROL PANEL

LUBE OIL SKID

PSH

521A

PSH

521B

PSH

521C

PSH

521D

LSL

522A

TSH

522B

OILTANK

FS

FS

523B

FS

FS

523A

TO PUMPBEARINGS

FROM LUBEOIL SYSTEM

FROM LUBEOIL SYSTEM

LS

TO AIR RECIEVER TANKREFER TO DRAWING M-7

FOR CONTINUATION

FROM PUMPREFER TO DRAWING M-7

FOR CONTINUATION 48"40"

MVS

PUMP NO. 5

SE

501

TE

503A

MO

TO

R S

HA

FT

SP

EE

D

TA

IL E

ND

SH

AF

T B

EA

RIN

G T

EM

PE

RA

TU

RE

DR

IVE

EN

D S

HA

FT

BE

AR

ING

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

E

TA

IL E

ND

SH

AF

T B

EA

RIN

G T

EM

PE

RA

TU

RE

DR

IVE

EN

D S

HA

FT

BE

AR

ING

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

E

TE

501A

VE

501A

MO

TO

R V

IBR

AT

ION

MO

TO

R V

IBR

AT

ION

MO

TO

R V

IBR

AT

ION

MO

TO

R V

IBR

AT

ION

MO

TO

R B

EA

RIN

G T

EM

PE

RA

TU

RE

MO

TO

R B

EA

RIN

G T

EM

PE

RA

TU

RE

MO

TO

R W

IND

ING

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

E

MO

TO

R W

IND

ING

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

E

MO

TO

R W

IND

ING

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

E

MO

TO

R W

IND

ING

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

E

MO

TO

R W

IND

ING

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

E

MO

TO

R W

IND

ING

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

E

TE

501B

TE

502A

TE

502B

TE

502C

TE

502DTE

502ETE

502F

VE

501B

VE

501C

VE

501D

TE

503B

TE

503C

TE

503D

XKT

501

PIT

504

PU

MP

NO

. 5 D

ISC

HA

RG

E P

RE

SS

UR

E

FROM SEALWATER SUPPLY

S

FI570A

PI

570A

PSL

570A

FS

FS

570A

TO PUMPSEAL

FI570B

PI

570B

PSL

570B

FS

FS

570B

TO PUMPSEAL

TO DRAIN

OP

EN

/CLO

SE

SE

AL

WA

TE

R S

OLE

NO

ID

SE

AL

WA

TE

R L

OW

PR

ES

SU

RE

ALA

RM

SE

AL

WA

TE

R F

LOW

AC

TIV

E

SE

AL

WA

TE

R L

OW

PR

ES

SU

RE

ALA

RM

SE

AL

WA

TE

R F

LOW

AC

TIV

E

VA

LVE

CLO

SE

D

VA

LVE

OP

EN

CLO

SE

VA

LVE

OP

EN

VA

LVE

EM

ER

GE

NC

Y C

LOS

E V

ALV

E

VA

LVE

FA

ULT

LS

205

YA

205A

HIG

H L

EV

EL

ALA

RM

INS

UM

P P

IT 4

LOCATED IN SUMP PITWITH SP-4

HIG

H L

EV

EL

ALA

RM

IN S

P-4

YA

715A

V5C

P-P

LC1

FA

IL

YA

715B

V5C

P-P

LC2

FA

IL

HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR CABINETHAV-5

ZSH

580A

ZSL

580AS

UC

TIO

N V

ALV

E O

PE

N

SU

CT

ION

VA

LVE

CLO

SE

D

YI

580A

SU

CT

ION

VA

LVE

OP

EN

YI

580B

SU

CT

ION

VA

LVE

CLO

SE

D

SV-5

SV

570

LUB

E O

IL T

EM

PE

RA

TU

RE

ES

501

EM

ER

GE

NC

Y S

TO

P

FREIGHTELEVATORCONTROL

PANEL

YA

801A

FR

IEG

HT

ELE

VA

TO

RA

LAR

M

YA

802A

PA

SS

EN

GE

R E

LEV

AT

OR

ALA

RM

PU

MP

2 F

AU

LT

PU

MP

1 F

AU

LT

VA

LVE

PO

SIT

ION

VA

LVE

PO

SIT

ION

692


DRAWN

DWG

SHEET OF

FIL

E:


CITY OF CHICAGO

CHECKED

APPROVED

DATE

SCALE


REVISIONS

PROJECT NO.


C:\U

sers

\och

avez

\Doc

umen

ts\1

2354

-CP

PS

-GC

MH

PE

I_oc

have

z.rv

t7 /

21/2

0 16

12: 1

1:16

PM

NONE

N-12

MB

PUMP NO. 5 P&ID

595

INSTRUMENTATION

THP

THP

MAY 2016

SCALE: NONE

PUMP NO. 5 P&ID

NOTES:

SEE TO NOTE 1 AND 2

1. I/O IS ONLY SHOWN FOR PLC1. PLC2 IS REDUNDANTPLC. CONFIGURE BOTH PLC1 AND PLC2 TO OPERATEWITH REDUNDANT PROGRAM. UTILIZE SAMETERMINALS AND RELAYS PLC2 I/O AS PLC1 I/O.

2. SIGNALS GENERATED AT P5CP THAT NEED TO BESHOWN ON OTHER OITs AND HMIs TO BE MAPPED VIANETWORK SWITCHES.

3. RECALIBRATE EXISTING DP CELL. VERIFY SCADA ISRECEIVING ACCURATE SIGNAL.

4. REQUIREMENTS FOR OIT SHOWN APPLY TOASSOCIATED VFD PANEL, HMI APPLIES TO SCADACOMPUTER (TYP).

SEE NOTE 3

NO. DATE APPD DESCRIPTION1 07/15/16 THP ADDENDUM NO. 3

1

Book 1 Terms and Conditions for Construction

Documents

Transcript of Book 1 Terms and Conditions for Construction